1 //===---- TargetInfo.cpp - Encapsulate target details -----------*- C++ -*-===// 2 // 3 // The LLVM Compiler Infrastructure 4 // 5 // This file is distributed under the University of Illinois Open Source 6 // License. See LICENSE.TXT for details. 7 // 8 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// 9 // 10 // These classes wrap the information about a call or function 11 // definition used to handle ABI compliancy. 12 // 13 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// 14 15 #include "TargetInfo.h" 16 #include "ABIInfo.h" 17 #include "CGCXXABI.h" 18 #include "CGValue.h" 19 #include "CodeGenFunction.h" 20 #include "clang/AST/RecordLayout.h" 21 #include "clang/CodeGen/CGFunctionInfo.h" 22 #include "clang/Frontend/CodeGenOptions.h" 23 #include "llvm/ADT/Triple.h" 24 #include "llvm/IR/DataLayout.h" 25 #include "llvm/IR/Type.h" 26 #include "llvm/Support/raw_ostream.h" 27 28 #include <algorithm> // std::sort 29 30 using namespace clang; 31 using namespace CodeGen; 32 33 static void AssignToArrayRange(CodeGen::CGBuilderTy &Builder, 34 llvm::Value *Array, 35 llvm::Value *Value, 36 unsigned FirstIndex, 37 unsigned LastIndex) { 38 // Alternatively, we could emit this as a loop in the source. 39 for (unsigned I = FirstIndex; I <= LastIndex; ++I) { 40 llvm::Value *Cell = Builder.CreateConstInBoundsGEP1_32(Array, I); 41 Builder.CreateStore(Value, Cell); 42 } 43 } 44 45 static bool isAggregateTypeForABI(QualType T) { 46 return !CodeGenFunction::hasScalarEvaluationKind(T) || 47 T->isMemberFunctionPointerType(); 48 } 49 50 ABIInfo::~ABIInfo() {} 51 52 static CGCXXABI::RecordArgABI getRecordArgABI(const RecordType *RT, 53 CGCXXABI &CXXABI) { 54 const CXXRecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RT->getDecl()); 55 if (!RD) 56 return CGCXXABI::RAA_Default; 57 return CXXABI.getRecordArgABI(RD); 58 } 59 60 static CGCXXABI::RecordArgABI getRecordArgABI(QualType T, 61 CGCXXABI &CXXABI) { 62 const RecordType *RT = T->getAs<RecordType>(); 63 if (!RT) 64 return CGCXXABI::RAA_Default; 65 return getRecordArgABI(RT, CXXABI); 66 } 67 68 CGCXXABI &ABIInfo::getCXXABI() const { 69 return CGT.getCXXABI(); 70 } 71 72 ASTContext &ABIInfo::getContext() const { 73 return CGT.getContext(); 74 } 75 76 llvm::LLVMContext &ABIInfo::getVMContext() const { 77 return CGT.getLLVMContext(); 78 } 79 80 const llvm::DataLayout &ABIInfo::getDataLayout() const { 81 return CGT.getDataLayout(); 82 } 83 84 const TargetInfo &ABIInfo::getTarget() const { 85 return CGT.getTarget(); 86 } 87 88 void ABIArgInfo::dump() const { 89 raw_ostream &OS = llvm::errs(); 90 OS << "(ABIArgInfo Kind="; 91 switch (TheKind) { 92 case Direct: 93 OS << "Direct Type="; 94 if (llvm::Type *Ty = getCoerceToType()) 95 Ty->print(OS); 96 else 97 OS << "null"; 98 break; 99 case Extend: 100 OS << "Extend"; 101 break; 102 case Ignore: 103 OS << "Ignore"; 104 break; 105 case InAlloca: 106 OS << "InAlloca Offset=" << getInAllocaFieldIndex(); 107 break; 108 case Indirect: 109 OS << "Indirect Align=" << getIndirectAlign() 110 << " ByVal=" << getIndirectByVal() 111 << " Realign=" << getIndirectRealign(); 112 break; 113 case Expand: 114 OS << "Expand"; 115 break; 116 } 117 OS << ")\n"; 118 } 119 120 TargetCodeGenInfo::~TargetCodeGenInfo() { delete Info; } 121 122 // If someone can figure out a general rule for this, that would be great. 123 // It's probably just doomed to be platform-dependent, though. 124 unsigned TargetCodeGenInfo::getSizeOfUnwindException() const { 125 // Verified for: 126 // x86-64 FreeBSD, Linux, Darwin 127 // x86-32 FreeBSD, Linux, Darwin 128 // PowerPC Linux, Darwin 129 // ARM Darwin (*not* EABI) 130 // AArch64 Linux 131 return 32; 132 } 133 134 bool TargetCodeGenInfo::isNoProtoCallVariadic(const CallArgList &args, 135 const FunctionNoProtoType *fnType) const { 136 // The following conventions are known to require this to be false: 137 // x86_stdcall 138 // MIPS 139 // For everything else, we just prefer false unless we opt out. 140 return false; 141 } 142 143 void 144 TargetCodeGenInfo::getDependentLibraryOption(llvm::StringRef Lib, 145 llvm::SmallString<24> &Opt) const { 146 // This assumes the user is passing a library name like "rt" instead of a 147 // filename like "librt.a/so", and that they don't care whether it's static or 148 // dynamic. 149 Opt = "-l"; 150 Opt += Lib; 151 } 152 153 static bool isEmptyRecord(ASTContext &Context, QualType T, bool AllowArrays); 154 155 /// isEmptyField - Return true iff a the field is "empty", that is it 156 /// is an unnamed bit-field or an (array of) empty record(s). 157 static bool isEmptyField(ASTContext &Context, const FieldDecl *FD, 158 bool AllowArrays) { 159 if (FD->isUnnamedBitfield()) 160 return true; 161 162 QualType FT = FD->getType(); 163 164 // Constant arrays of empty records count as empty, strip them off. 165 // Constant arrays of zero length always count as empty. 166 if (AllowArrays) 167 while (const ConstantArrayType *AT = Context.getAsConstantArrayType(FT)) { 168 if (AT->getSize() == 0) 169 return true; 170 FT = AT->getElementType(); 171 } 172 173 const RecordType *RT = FT->getAs<RecordType>(); 174 if (!RT) 175 return false; 176 177 // C++ record fields are never empty, at least in the Itanium ABI. 178 // 179 // FIXME: We should use a predicate for whether this behavior is true in the 180 // current ABI. 181 if (isa<CXXRecordDecl>(RT->getDecl())) 182 return false; 183 184 return isEmptyRecord(Context, FT, AllowArrays); 185 } 186 187 /// isEmptyRecord - Return true iff a structure contains only empty 188 /// fields. Note that a structure with a flexible array member is not 189 /// considered empty. 190 static bool isEmptyRecord(ASTContext &Context, QualType T, bool AllowArrays) { 191 const RecordType *RT = T->getAs<RecordType>(); 192 if (!RT) 193 return 0; 194 const RecordDecl *RD = RT->getDecl(); 195 if (RD->hasFlexibleArrayMember()) 196 return false; 197 198 // If this is a C++ record, check the bases first. 199 if (const CXXRecordDecl *CXXRD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RD)) 200 for (const auto &I : CXXRD->bases()) 201 if (!isEmptyRecord(Context, I.getType(), true)) 202 return false; 203 204 for (const auto *I : RD->fields()) 205 if (!isEmptyField(Context, I, AllowArrays)) 206 return false; 207 return true; 208 } 209 210 /// isSingleElementStruct - Determine if a structure is a "single 211 /// element struct", i.e. it has exactly one non-empty field or 212 /// exactly one field which is itself a single element 213 /// struct. Structures with flexible array members are never 214 /// considered single element structs. 215 /// 216 /// \return The field declaration for the single non-empty field, if 217 /// it exists. 218 static const Type *isSingleElementStruct(QualType T, ASTContext &Context) { 219 const RecordType *RT = T->getAsStructureType(); 220 if (!RT) 221 return nullptr; 222 223 const RecordDecl *RD = RT->getDecl(); 224 if (RD->hasFlexibleArrayMember()) 225 return nullptr; 226 227 const Type *Found = nullptr; 228 229 // If this is a C++ record, check the bases first. 230 if (const CXXRecordDecl *CXXRD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RD)) { 231 for (const auto &I : CXXRD->bases()) { 232 // Ignore empty records. 233 if (isEmptyRecord(Context, I.getType(), true)) 234 continue; 235 236 // If we already found an element then this isn't a single-element struct. 237 if (Found) 238 return nullptr; 239 240 // If this is non-empty and not a single element struct, the composite 241 // cannot be a single element struct. 242 Found = isSingleElementStruct(I.getType(), Context); 243 if (!Found) 244 return nullptr; 245 } 246 } 247 248 // Check for single element. 249 for (const auto *FD : RD->fields()) { 250 QualType FT = FD->getType(); 251 252 // Ignore empty fields. 253 if (isEmptyField(Context, FD, true)) 254 continue; 255 256 // If we already found an element then this isn't a single-element 257 // struct. 258 if (Found) 259 return nullptr; 260 261 // Treat single element arrays as the element. 262 while (const ConstantArrayType *AT = Context.getAsConstantArrayType(FT)) { 263 if (AT->getSize().getZExtValue() != 1) 264 break; 265 FT = AT->getElementType(); 266 } 267 268 if (!isAggregateTypeForABI(FT)) { 269 Found = FT.getTypePtr(); 270 } else { 271 Found = isSingleElementStruct(FT, Context); 272 if (!Found) 273 return nullptr; 274 } 275 } 276 277 // We don't consider a struct a single-element struct if it has 278 // padding beyond the element type. 279 if (Found && Context.getTypeSize(Found) != Context.getTypeSize(T)) 280 return nullptr; 281 282 return Found; 283 } 284 285 static bool is32Or64BitBasicType(QualType Ty, ASTContext &Context) { 286 // Treat complex types as the element type. 287 if (const ComplexType *CTy = Ty->getAs<ComplexType>()) 288 Ty = CTy->getElementType(); 289 290 // Check for a type which we know has a simple scalar argument-passing 291 // convention without any padding. (We're specifically looking for 32 292 // and 64-bit integer and integer-equivalents, float, and double.) 293 if (!Ty->getAs<BuiltinType>() && !Ty->hasPointerRepresentation() && 294 !Ty->isEnumeralType() && !Ty->isBlockPointerType()) 295 return false; 296 297 uint64_t Size = Context.getTypeSize(Ty); 298 return Size == 32 || Size == 64; 299 } 300 301 /// canExpandIndirectArgument - Test whether an argument type which is to be 302 /// passed indirectly (on the stack) would have the equivalent layout if it was 303 /// expanded into separate arguments. If so, we prefer to do the latter to avoid 304 /// inhibiting optimizations. 305 /// 306 // FIXME: This predicate is missing many cases, currently it just follows 307 // llvm-gcc (checks that all fields are 32-bit or 64-bit primitive types). We 308 // should probably make this smarter, or better yet make the LLVM backend 309 // capable of handling it. 310 static bool canExpandIndirectArgument(QualType Ty, ASTContext &Context) { 311 // We can only expand structure types. 312 const RecordType *RT = Ty->getAs<RecordType>(); 313 if (!RT) 314 return false; 315 316 // We can only expand (C) structures. 317 // 318 // FIXME: This needs to be generalized to handle classes as well. 319 const RecordDecl *RD = RT->getDecl(); 320 if (!RD->isStruct() || isa<CXXRecordDecl>(RD)) 321 return false; 322 323 uint64_t Size = 0; 324 325 for (const auto *FD : RD->fields()) { 326 if (!is32Or64BitBasicType(FD->getType(), Context)) 327 return false; 328 329 // FIXME: Reject bit-fields wholesale; there are two problems, we don't know 330 // how to expand them yet, and the predicate for telling if a bitfield still 331 // counts as "basic" is more complicated than what we were doing previously. 332 if (FD->isBitField()) 333 return false; 334 335 Size += Context.getTypeSize(FD->getType()); 336 } 337 338 // Make sure there are not any holes in the struct. 339 if (Size != Context.getTypeSize(Ty)) 340 return false; 341 342 return true; 343 } 344 345 namespace { 346 /// DefaultABIInfo - The default implementation for ABI specific 347 /// details. This implementation provides information which results in 348 /// self-consistent and sensible LLVM IR generation, but does not 349 /// conform to any particular ABI. 350 class DefaultABIInfo : public ABIInfo { 351 public: 352 DefaultABIInfo(CodeGen::CodeGenTypes &CGT) : ABIInfo(CGT) {} 353 354 ABIArgInfo classifyReturnType(QualType RetTy) const; 355 ABIArgInfo classifyArgumentType(QualType RetTy) const; 356 357 void computeInfo(CGFunctionInfo &FI) const override { 358 if (!getCXXABI().classifyReturnType(FI)) 359 FI.getReturnInfo() = classifyReturnType(FI.getReturnType()); 360 for (auto &I : FI.arguments()) 361 I.info = classifyArgumentType(I.type); 362 } 363 364 llvm::Value *EmitVAArg(llvm::Value *VAListAddr, QualType Ty, 365 CodeGenFunction &CGF) const override; 366 }; 367 368 class DefaultTargetCodeGenInfo : public TargetCodeGenInfo { 369 public: 370 DefaultTargetCodeGenInfo(CodeGen::CodeGenTypes &CGT) 371 : TargetCodeGenInfo(new DefaultABIInfo(CGT)) {} 372 }; 373 374 llvm::Value *DefaultABIInfo::EmitVAArg(llvm::Value *VAListAddr, QualType Ty, 375 CodeGenFunction &CGF) const { 376 return nullptr; 377 } 378 379 ABIArgInfo DefaultABIInfo::classifyArgumentType(QualType Ty) const { 380 if (isAggregateTypeForABI(Ty)) 381 return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(0); 382 383 // Treat an enum type as its underlying type. 384 if (const EnumType *EnumTy = Ty->getAs<EnumType>()) 385 Ty = EnumTy->getDecl()->getIntegerType(); 386 387 return (Ty->isPromotableIntegerType() ? 388 ABIArgInfo::getExtend() : ABIArgInfo::getDirect()); 389 } 390 391 ABIArgInfo DefaultABIInfo::classifyReturnType(QualType RetTy) const { 392 if (RetTy->isVoidType()) 393 return ABIArgInfo::getIgnore(); 394 395 if (isAggregateTypeForABI(RetTy)) 396 return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(0); 397 398 // Treat an enum type as its underlying type. 399 if (const EnumType *EnumTy = RetTy->getAs<EnumType>()) 400 RetTy = EnumTy->getDecl()->getIntegerType(); 401 402 return (RetTy->isPromotableIntegerType() ? 403 ABIArgInfo::getExtend() : ABIArgInfo::getDirect()); 404 } 405 406 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// 407 // le32/PNaCl bitcode ABI Implementation 408 // 409 // This is a simplified version of the x86_32 ABI. Arguments and return values 410 // are always passed on the stack. 411 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// 412 413 class PNaClABIInfo : public ABIInfo { 414 public: 415 PNaClABIInfo(CodeGen::CodeGenTypes &CGT) : ABIInfo(CGT) {} 416 417 ABIArgInfo classifyReturnType(QualType RetTy) const; 418 ABIArgInfo classifyArgumentType(QualType RetTy) const; 419 420 void computeInfo(CGFunctionInfo &FI) const override; 421 llvm::Value *EmitVAArg(llvm::Value *VAListAddr, QualType Ty, 422 CodeGenFunction &CGF) const override; 423 }; 424 425 class PNaClTargetCodeGenInfo : public TargetCodeGenInfo { 426 public: 427 PNaClTargetCodeGenInfo(CodeGen::CodeGenTypes &CGT) 428 : TargetCodeGenInfo(new PNaClABIInfo(CGT)) {} 429 }; 430 431 void PNaClABIInfo::computeInfo(CGFunctionInfo &FI) const { 432 if (!getCXXABI().classifyReturnType(FI)) 433 FI.getReturnInfo() = classifyReturnType(FI.getReturnType()); 434 435 for (auto &I : FI.arguments()) 436 I.info = classifyArgumentType(I.type); 437 } 438 439 llvm::Value *PNaClABIInfo::EmitVAArg(llvm::Value *VAListAddr, QualType Ty, 440 CodeGenFunction &CGF) const { 441 return nullptr; 442 } 443 444 /// \brief Classify argument of given type \p Ty. 445 ABIArgInfo PNaClABIInfo::classifyArgumentType(QualType Ty) const { 446 if (isAggregateTypeForABI(Ty)) { 447 if (CGCXXABI::RecordArgABI RAA = getRecordArgABI(Ty, getCXXABI())) 448 return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(0, RAA == CGCXXABI::RAA_DirectInMemory); 449 return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(0); 450 } else if (const EnumType *EnumTy = Ty->getAs<EnumType>()) { 451 // Treat an enum type as its underlying type. 452 Ty = EnumTy->getDecl()->getIntegerType(); 453 } else if (Ty->isFloatingType()) { 454 // Floating-point types don't go inreg. 455 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(); 456 } 457 458 return (Ty->isPromotableIntegerType() ? 459 ABIArgInfo::getExtend() : ABIArgInfo::getDirect()); 460 } 461 462 ABIArgInfo PNaClABIInfo::classifyReturnType(QualType RetTy) const { 463 if (RetTy->isVoidType()) 464 return ABIArgInfo::getIgnore(); 465 466 // In the PNaCl ABI we always return records/structures on the stack. 467 if (isAggregateTypeForABI(RetTy)) 468 return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(0); 469 470 // Treat an enum type as its underlying type. 471 if (const EnumType *EnumTy = RetTy->getAs<EnumType>()) 472 RetTy = EnumTy->getDecl()->getIntegerType(); 473 474 return (RetTy->isPromotableIntegerType() ? 475 ABIArgInfo::getExtend() : ABIArgInfo::getDirect()); 476 } 477 478 /// IsX86_MMXType - Return true if this is an MMX type. 479 bool IsX86_MMXType(llvm::Type *IRType) { 480 // Return true if the type is an MMX type <2 x i32>, <4 x i16>, or <8 x i8>. 481 return IRType->isVectorTy() && IRType->getPrimitiveSizeInBits() == 64 && 482 cast<llvm::VectorType>(IRType)->getElementType()->isIntegerTy() && 483 IRType->getScalarSizeInBits() != 64; 484 } 485 486 static llvm::Type* X86AdjustInlineAsmType(CodeGen::CodeGenFunction &CGF, 487 StringRef Constraint, 488 llvm::Type* Ty) { 489 if ((Constraint == "y" || Constraint == "&y") && Ty->isVectorTy()) { 490 if (cast<llvm::VectorType>(Ty)->getBitWidth() != 64) { 491 // Invalid MMX constraint 492 return nullptr; 493 } 494 495 return llvm::Type::getX86_MMXTy(CGF.getLLVMContext()); 496 } 497 498 // No operation needed 499 return Ty; 500 } 501 502 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// 503 // X86-32 ABI Implementation 504 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// 505 506 /// \brief Similar to llvm::CCState, but for Clang. 507 struct CCState { 508 CCState(unsigned CC) : CC(CC), FreeRegs(0) {} 509 510 unsigned CC; 511 unsigned FreeRegs; 512 unsigned StackOffset; 513 bool UseInAlloca; 514 }; 515 516 /// X86_32ABIInfo - The X86-32 ABI information. 517 class X86_32ABIInfo : public ABIInfo { 518 enum Class { 519 Integer, 520 Float 521 }; 522 523 static const unsigned MinABIStackAlignInBytes = 4; 524 525 bool IsDarwinVectorABI; 526 bool IsSmallStructInRegABI; 527 bool IsWin32StructABI; 528 unsigned DefaultNumRegisterParameters; 529 530 static bool isRegisterSize(unsigned Size) { 531 return (Size == 8 || Size == 16 || Size == 32 || Size == 64); 532 } 533 534 bool shouldReturnTypeInRegister(QualType Ty, ASTContext &Context) const; 535 536 /// getIndirectResult - Give a source type \arg Ty, return a suitable result 537 /// such that the argument will be passed in memory. 538 ABIArgInfo getIndirectResult(QualType Ty, bool ByVal, CCState &State) const; 539 540 ABIArgInfo getIndirectReturnResult(CCState &State) const; 541 542 /// \brief Return the alignment to use for the given type on the stack. 543 unsigned getTypeStackAlignInBytes(QualType Ty, unsigned Align) const; 544 545 Class classify(QualType Ty) const; 546 ABIArgInfo classifyReturnType(QualType RetTy, CCState &State) const; 547 ABIArgInfo classifyArgumentType(QualType RetTy, CCState &State) const; 548 bool shouldUseInReg(QualType Ty, CCState &State, bool &NeedsPadding) const; 549 550 /// \brief Rewrite the function info so that all memory arguments use 551 /// inalloca. 552 void rewriteWithInAlloca(CGFunctionInfo &FI) const; 553 554 void addFieldToArgStruct(SmallVector<llvm::Type *, 6> &FrameFields, 555 unsigned &StackOffset, ABIArgInfo &Info, 556 QualType Type) const; 557 558 public: 559 560 void computeInfo(CGFunctionInfo &FI) const override; 561 llvm::Value *EmitVAArg(llvm::Value *VAListAddr, QualType Ty, 562 CodeGenFunction &CGF) const override; 563 564 X86_32ABIInfo(CodeGen::CodeGenTypes &CGT, bool d, bool p, bool w, 565 unsigned r) 566 : ABIInfo(CGT), IsDarwinVectorABI(d), IsSmallStructInRegABI(p), 567 IsWin32StructABI(w), DefaultNumRegisterParameters(r) {} 568 }; 569 570 class X86_32TargetCodeGenInfo : public TargetCodeGenInfo { 571 public: 572 X86_32TargetCodeGenInfo(CodeGen::CodeGenTypes &CGT, 573 bool d, bool p, bool w, unsigned r) 574 :TargetCodeGenInfo(new X86_32ABIInfo(CGT, d, p, w, r)) {} 575 576 static bool isStructReturnInRegABI( 577 const llvm::Triple &Triple, const CodeGenOptions &Opts); 578 579 void SetTargetAttributes(const Decl *D, llvm::GlobalValue *GV, 580 CodeGen::CodeGenModule &CGM) const override; 581 582 int getDwarfEHStackPointer(CodeGen::CodeGenModule &CGM) const override { 583 // Darwin uses different dwarf register numbers for EH. 584 if (CGM.getTarget().getTriple().isOSDarwin()) return 5; 585 return 4; 586 } 587 588 bool initDwarfEHRegSizeTable(CodeGen::CodeGenFunction &CGF, 589 llvm::Value *Address) const override; 590 591 llvm::Type* adjustInlineAsmType(CodeGen::CodeGenFunction &CGF, 592 StringRef Constraint, 593 llvm::Type* Ty) const override { 594 return X86AdjustInlineAsmType(CGF, Constraint, Ty); 595 } 596 597 void addReturnRegisterOutputs(CodeGenFunction &CGF, LValue ReturnValue, 598 std::string &Constraints, 599 std::vector<llvm::Type *> &ResultRegTypes, 600 std::vector<llvm::Type *> &ResultTruncRegTypes, 601 std::vector<LValue> &ResultRegDests, 602 std::string &AsmString, 603 unsigned NumOutputs) const override; 604 605 llvm::Constant * 606 getUBSanFunctionSignature(CodeGen::CodeGenModule &CGM) const override { 607 unsigned Sig = (0xeb << 0) | // jmp rel8 608 (0x06 << 8) | // .+0x08 609 ('F' << 16) | 610 ('T' << 24); 611 return llvm::ConstantInt::get(CGM.Int32Ty, Sig); 612 } 613 614 }; 615 616 } 617 618 /// Rewrite input constraint references after adding some output constraints. 619 /// In the case where there is one output and one input and we add one output, 620 /// we need to replace all operand references greater than or equal to 1: 621 /// mov $0, $1 622 /// mov eax, $1 623 /// The result will be: 624 /// mov $0, $2 625 /// mov eax, $2 626 static void rewriteInputConstraintReferences(unsigned FirstIn, 627 unsigned NumNewOuts, 628 std::string &AsmString) { 629 std::string Buf; 630 llvm::raw_string_ostream OS(Buf); 631 size_t Pos = 0; 632 while (Pos < AsmString.size()) { 633 size_t DollarStart = AsmString.find('$', Pos); 634 if (DollarStart == std::string::npos) 635 DollarStart = AsmString.size(); 636 size_t DollarEnd = AsmString.find_first_not_of('$', DollarStart); 637 if (DollarEnd == std::string::npos) 638 DollarEnd = AsmString.size(); 639 OS << StringRef(&AsmString[Pos], DollarEnd - Pos); 640 Pos = DollarEnd; 641 size_t NumDollars = DollarEnd - DollarStart; 642 if (NumDollars % 2 != 0 && Pos < AsmString.size()) { 643 // We have an operand reference. 644 size_t DigitStart = Pos; 645 size_t DigitEnd = AsmString.find_first_not_of("0123456789", DigitStart); 646 if (DigitEnd == std::string::npos) 647 DigitEnd = AsmString.size(); 648 StringRef OperandStr(&AsmString[DigitStart], DigitEnd - DigitStart); 649 unsigned OperandIndex; 650 if (!OperandStr.getAsInteger(10, OperandIndex)) { 651 if (OperandIndex >= FirstIn) 652 OperandIndex += NumNewOuts; 653 OS << OperandIndex; 654 } else { 655 OS << OperandStr; 656 } 657 Pos = DigitEnd; 658 } 659 } 660 AsmString = std::move(OS.str()); 661 } 662 663 /// Add output constraints for EAX:EDX because they are return registers. 664 void X86_32TargetCodeGenInfo::addReturnRegisterOutputs( 665 CodeGenFunction &CGF, LValue ReturnSlot, std::string &Constraints, 666 std::vector<llvm::Type *> &ResultRegTypes, 667 std::vector<llvm::Type *> &ResultTruncRegTypes, 668 std::vector<LValue> &ResultRegDests, std::string &AsmString, 669 unsigned NumOutputs) const { 670 uint64_t RetWidth = CGF.getContext().getTypeSize(ReturnSlot.getType()); 671 672 // Use the EAX constraint if the width is 32 or smaller and EAX:EDX if it is 673 // larger. 674 if (!Constraints.empty()) 675 Constraints += ','; 676 if (RetWidth <= 32) { 677 Constraints += "={eax}"; 678 ResultRegTypes.push_back(CGF.Int32Ty); 679 } else { 680 // Use the 'A' constraint for EAX:EDX. 681 Constraints += "=A"; 682 ResultRegTypes.push_back(CGF.Int64Ty); 683 } 684 685 // Truncate EAX or EAX:EDX to an integer of the appropriate size. 686 llvm::Type *CoerceTy = llvm::IntegerType::get(CGF.getLLVMContext(), RetWidth); 687 ResultTruncRegTypes.push_back(CoerceTy); 688 689 // Coerce the integer by bitcasting the return slot pointer. 690 ReturnSlot.setAddress(CGF.Builder.CreateBitCast(ReturnSlot.getAddress(), 691 CoerceTy->getPointerTo())); 692 ResultRegDests.push_back(ReturnSlot); 693 694 rewriteInputConstraintReferences(NumOutputs, 1, AsmString); 695 } 696 697 /// shouldReturnTypeInRegister - Determine if the given type should be 698 /// passed in a register (for the Darwin ABI). 699 bool X86_32ABIInfo::shouldReturnTypeInRegister(QualType Ty, 700 ASTContext &Context) const { 701 uint64_t Size = Context.getTypeSize(Ty); 702 703 // Type must be register sized. 704 if (!isRegisterSize(Size)) 705 return false; 706 707 if (Ty->isVectorType()) { 708 // 64- and 128- bit vectors inside structures are not returned in 709 // registers. 710 if (Size == 64 || Size == 128) 711 return false; 712 713 return true; 714 } 715 716 // If this is a builtin, pointer, enum, complex type, member pointer, or 717 // member function pointer it is ok. 718 if (Ty->getAs<BuiltinType>() || Ty->hasPointerRepresentation() || 719 Ty->isAnyComplexType() || Ty->isEnumeralType() || 720 Ty->isBlockPointerType() || Ty->isMemberPointerType()) 721 return true; 722 723 // Arrays are treated like records. 724 if (const ConstantArrayType *AT = Context.getAsConstantArrayType(Ty)) 725 return shouldReturnTypeInRegister(AT->getElementType(), Context); 726 727 // Otherwise, it must be a record type. 728 const RecordType *RT = Ty->getAs<RecordType>(); 729 if (!RT) return false; 730 731 // FIXME: Traverse bases here too. 732 733 // Structure types are passed in register if all fields would be 734 // passed in a register. 735 for (const auto *FD : RT->getDecl()->fields()) { 736 // Empty fields are ignored. 737 if (isEmptyField(Context, FD, true)) 738 continue; 739 740 // Check fields recursively. 741 if (!shouldReturnTypeInRegister(FD->getType(), Context)) 742 return false; 743 } 744 return true; 745 } 746 747 ABIArgInfo X86_32ABIInfo::getIndirectReturnResult(CCState &State) const { 748 // If the return value is indirect, then the hidden argument is consuming one 749 // integer register. 750 if (State.FreeRegs) { 751 --State.FreeRegs; 752 return ABIArgInfo::getIndirectInReg(/*Align=*/0, /*ByVal=*/false); 753 } 754 return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(/*Align=*/0, /*ByVal=*/false); 755 } 756 757 ABIArgInfo X86_32ABIInfo::classifyReturnType(QualType RetTy, CCState &State) const { 758 if (RetTy->isVoidType()) 759 return ABIArgInfo::getIgnore(); 760 761 if (const VectorType *VT = RetTy->getAs<VectorType>()) { 762 // On Darwin, some vectors are returned in registers. 763 if (IsDarwinVectorABI) { 764 uint64_t Size = getContext().getTypeSize(RetTy); 765 766 // 128-bit vectors are a special case; they are returned in 767 // registers and we need to make sure to pick a type the LLVM 768 // backend will like. 769 if (Size == 128) 770 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(llvm::VectorType::get( 771 llvm::Type::getInt64Ty(getVMContext()), 2)); 772 773 // Always return in register if it fits in a general purpose 774 // register, or if it is 64 bits and has a single element. 775 if ((Size == 8 || Size == 16 || Size == 32) || 776 (Size == 64 && VT->getNumElements() == 1)) 777 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(llvm::IntegerType::get(getVMContext(), 778 Size)); 779 780 return getIndirectReturnResult(State); 781 } 782 783 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(); 784 } 785 786 if (isAggregateTypeForABI(RetTy)) { 787 if (const RecordType *RT = RetTy->getAs<RecordType>()) { 788 // Structures with flexible arrays are always indirect. 789 if (RT->getDecl()->hasFlexibleArrayMember()) 790 return getIndirectReturnResult(State); 791 } 792 793 // If specified, structs and unions are always indirect. 794 if (!IsSmallStructInRegABI && !RetTy->isAnyComplexType()) 795 return getIndirectReturnResult(State); 796 797 // Small structures which are register sized are generally returned 798 // in a register. 799 if (shouldReturnTypeInRegister(RetTy, getContext())) { 800 uint64_t Size = getContext().getTypeSize(RetTy); 801 802 // As a special-case, if the struct is a "single-element" struct, and 803 // the field is of type "float" or "double", return it in a 804 // floating-point register. (MSVC does not apply this special case.) 805 // We apply a similar transformation for pointer types to improve the 806 // quality of the generated IR. 807 if (const Type *SeltTy = isSingleElementStruct(RetTy, getContext())) 808 if ((!IsWin32StructABI && SeltTy->isRealFloatingType()) 809 || SeltTy->hasPointerRepresentation()) 810 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(CGT.ConvertType(QualType(SeltTy, 0))); 811 812 // FIXME: We should be able to narrow this integer in cases with dead 813 // padding. 814 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(llvm::IntegerType::get(getVMContext(),Size)); 815 } 816 817 return getIndirectReturnResult(State); 818 } 819 820 // Treat an enum type as its underlying type. 821 if (const EnumType *EnumTy = RetTy->getAs<EnumType>()) 822 RetTy = EnumTy->getDecl()->getIntegerType(); 823 824 return (RetTy->isPromotableIntegerType() ? 825 ABIArgInfo::getExtend() : ABIArgInfo::getDirect()); 826 } 827 828 static bool isSSEVectorType(ASTContext &Context, QualType Ty) { 829 return Ty->getAs<VectorType>() && Context.getTypeSize(Ty) == 128; 830 } 831 832 static bool isRecordWithSSEVectorType(ASTContext &Context, QualType Ty) { 833 const RecordType *RT = Ty->getAs<RecordType>(); 834 if (!RT) 835 return 0; 836 const RecordDecl *RD = RT->getDecl(); 837 838 // If this is a C++ record, check the bases first. 839 if (const CXXRecordDecl *CXXRD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RD)) 840 for (const auto &I : CXXRD->bases()) 841 if (!isRecordWithSSEVectorType(Context, I.getType())) 842 return false; 843 844 for (const auto *i : RD->fields()) { 845 QualType FT = i->getType(); 846 847 if (isSSEVectorType(Context, FT)) 848 return true; 849 850 if (isRecordWithSSEVectorType(Context, FT)) 851 return true; 852 } 853 854 return false; 855 } 856 857 unsigned X86_32ABIInfo::getTypeStackAlignInBytes(QualType Ty, 858 unsigned Align) const { 859 // Otherwise, if the alignment is less than or equal to the minimum ABI 860 // alignment, just use the default; the backend will handle this. 861 if (Align <= MinABIStackAlignInBytes) 862 return 0; // Use default alignment. 863 864 // On non-Darwin, the stack type alignment is always 4. 865 if (!IsDarwinVectorABI) { 866 // Set explicit alignment, since we may need to realign the top. 867 return MinABIStackAlignInBytes; 868 } 869 870 // Otherwise, if the type contains an SSE vector type, the alignment is 16. 871 if (Align >= 16 && (isSSEVectorType(getContext(), Ty) || 872 isRecordWithSSEVectorType(getContext(), Ty))) 873 return 16; 874 875 return MinABIStackAlignInBytes; 876 } 877 878 ABIArgInfo X86_32ABIInfo::getIndirectResult(QualType Ty, bool ByVal, 879 CCState &State) const { 880 if (!ByVal) { 881 if (State.FreeRegs) { 882 --State.FreeRegs; // Non-byval indirects just use one pointer. 883 return ABIArgInfo::getIndirectInReg(0, false); 884 } 885 return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(0, false); 886 } 887 888 // Compute the byval alignment. 889 unsigned TypeAlign = getContext().getTypeAlign(Ty) / 8; 890 unsigned StackAlign = getTypeStackAlignInBytes(Ty, TypeAlign); 891 if (StackAlign == 0) 892 return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(4, /*ByVal=*/true); 893 894 // If the stack alignment is less than the type alignment, realign the 895 // argument. 896 bool Realign = TypeAlign > StackAlign; 897 return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(StackAlign, /*ByVal=*/true, Realign); 898 } 899 900 X86_32ABIInfo::Class X86_32ABIInfo::classify(QualType Ty) const { 901 const Type *T = isSingleElementStruct(Ty, getContext()); 902 if (!T) 903 T = Ty.getTypePtr(); 904 905 if (const BuiltinType *BT = T->getAs<BuiltinType>()) { 906 BuiltinType::Kind K = BT->getKind(); 907 if (K == BuiltinType::Float || K == BuiltinType::Double) 908 return Float; 909 } 910 return Integer; 911 } 912 913 bool X86_32ABIInfo::shouldUseInReg(QualType Ty, CCState &State, 914 bool &NeedsPadding) const { 915 NeedsPadding = false; 916 Class C = classify(Ty); 917 if (C == Float) 918 return false; 919 920 unsigned Size = getContext().getTypeSize(Ty); 921 unsigned SizeInRegs = (Size + 31) / 32; 922 923 if (SizeInRegs == 0) 924 return false; 925 926 if (SizeInRegs > State.FreeRegs) { 927 State.FreeRegs = 0; 928 return false; 929 } 930 931 State.FreeRegs -= SizeInRegs; 932 933 if (State.CC == llvm::CallingConv::X86_FastCall) { 934 if (Size > 32) 935 return false; 936 937 if (Ty->isIntegralOrEnumerationType()) 938 return true; 939 940 if (Ty->isPointerType()) 941 return true; 942 943 if (Ty->isReferenceType()) 944 return true; 945 946 if (State.FreeRegs) 947 NeedsPadding = true; 948 949 return false; 950 } 951 952 return true; 953 } 954 955 ABIArgInfo X86_32ABIInfo::classifyArgumentType(QualType Ty, 956 CCState &State) const { 957 // FIXME: Set alignment on indirect arguments. 958 if (isAggregateTypeForABI(Ty)) { 959 if (const RecordType *RT = Ty->getAs<RecordType>()) { 960 // Check with the C++ ABI first. 961 CGCXXABI::RecordArgABI RAA = getRecordArgABI(RT, getCXXABI()); 962 if (RAA == CGCXXABI::RAA_Indirect) { 963 return getIndirectResult(Ty, false, State); 964 } else if (RAA == CGCXXABI::RAA_DirectInMemory) { 965 // The field index doesn't matter, we'll fix it up later. 966 return ABIArgInfo::getInAlloca(/*FieldIndex=*/0); 967 } 968 969 // Structs are always byval on win32, regardless of what they contain. 970 if (IsWin32StructABI) 971 return getIndirectResult(Ty, true, State); 972 973 // Structures with flexible arrays are always indirect. 974 if (RT->getDecl()->hasFlexibleArrayMember()) 975 return getIndirectResult(Ty, true, State); 976 } 977 978 // Ignore empty structs/unions. 979 if (isEmptyRecord(getContext(), Ty, true)) 980 return ABIArgInfo::getIgnore(); 981 982 llvm::LLVMContext &LLVMContext = getVMContext(); 983 llvm::IntegerType *Int32 = llvm::Type::getInt32Ty(LLVMContext); 984 bool NeedsPadding; 985 if (shouldUseInReg(Ty, State, NeedsPadding)) { 986 unsigned SizeInRegs = (getContext().getTypeSize(Ty) + 31) / 32; 987 SmallVector<llvm::Type*, 3> Elements(SizeInRegs, Int32); 988 llvm::Type *Result = llvm::StructType::get(LLVMContext, Elements); 989 return ABIArgInfo::getDirectInReg(Result); 990 } 991 llvm::IntegerType *PaddingType = NeedsPadding ? Int32 : nullptr; 992 993 // Expand small (<= 128-bit) record types when we know that the stack layout 994 // of those arguments will match the struct. This is important because the 995 // LLVM backend isn't smart enough to remove byval, which inhibits many 996 // optimizations. 997 if (getContext().getTypeSize(Ty) <= 4*32 && 998 canExpandIndirectArgument(Ty, getContext())) 999 return ABIArgInfo::getExpandWithPadding( 1000 State.CC == llvm::CallingConv::X86_FastCall, PaddingType); 1001 1002 return getIndirectResult(Ty, true, State); 1003 } 1004 1005 if (const VectorType *VT = Ty->getAs<VectorType>()) { 1006 // On Darwin, some vectors are passed in memory, we handle this by passing 1007 // it as an i8/i16/i32/i64. 1008 if (IsDarwinVectorABI) { 1009 uint64_t Size = getContext().getTypeSize(Ty); 1010 if ((Size == 8 || Size == 16 || Size == 32) || 1011 (Size == 64 && VT->getNumElements() == 1)) 1012 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(llvm::IntegerType::get(getVMContext(), 1013 Size)); 1014 } 1015 1016 if (IsX86_MMXType(CGT.ConvertType(Ty))) 1017 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(llvm::IntegerType::get(getVMContext(), 64)); 1018 1019 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(); 1020 } 1021 1022 1023 if (const EnumType *EnumTy = Ty->getAs<EnumType>()) 1024 Ty = EnumTy->getDecl()->getIntegerType(); 1025 1026 bool NeedsPadding; 1027 bool InReg = shouldUseInReg(Ty, State, NeedsPadding); 1028 1029 if (Ty->isPromotableIntegerType()) { 1030 if (InReg) 1031 return ABIArgInfo::getExtendInReg(); 1032 return ABIArgInfo::getExtend(); 1033 } 1034 if (InReg) 1035 return ABIArgInfo::getDirectInReg(); 1036 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(); 1037 } 1038 1039 void X86_32ABIInfo::computeInfo(CGFunctionInfo &FI) const { 1040 CCState State(FI.getCallingConvention()); 1041 if (State.CC == llvm::CallingConv::X86_FastCall) 1042 State.FreeRegs = 2; 1043 else if (FI.getHasRegParm()) 1044 State.FreeRegs = FI.getRegParm(); 1045 else 1046 State.FreeRegs = DefaultNumRegisterParameters; 1047 1048 if (!getCXXABI().classifyReturnType(FI)) { 1049 FI.getReturnInfo() = classifyReturnType(FI.getReturnType(), State); 1050 } else if (FI.getReturnInfo().isIndirect()) { 1051 // The C++ ABI is not aware of register usage, so we have to check if the 1052 // return value was sret and put it in a register ourselves if appropriate. 1053 if (State.FreeRegs) { 1054 --State.FreeRegs; // The sret parameter consumes a register. 1055 FI.getReturnInfo().setInReg(true); 1056 } 1057 } 1058 1059 bool UsedInAlloca = false; 1060 for (auto &I : FI.arguments()) { 1061 I.info = classifyArgumentType(I.type, State); 1062 UsedInAlloca |= (I.info.getKind() == ABIArgInfo::InAlloca); 1063 } 1064 1065 // If we needed to use inalloca for any argument, do a second pass and rewrite 1066 // all the memory arguments to use inalloca. 1067 if (UsedInAlloca) 1068 rewriteWithInAlloca(FI); 1069 } 1070 1071 void 1072 X86_32ABIInfo::addFieldToArgStruct(SmallVector<llvm::Type *, 6> &FrameFields, 1073 unsigned &StackOffset, 1074 ABIArgInfo &Info, QualType Type) const { 1075 assert(StackOffset % 4U == 0 && "unaligned inalloca struct"); 1076 Info = ABIArgInfo::getInAlloca(FrameFields.size()); 1077 FrameFields.push_back(CGT.ConvertTypeForMem(Type)); 1078 StackOffset += getContext().getTypeSizeInChars(Type).getQuantity(); 1079 1080 // Insert padding bytes to respect alignment. For x86_32, each argument is 4 1081 // byte aligned. 1082 if (StackOffset % 4U) { 1083 unsigned OldOffset = StackOffset; 1084 StackOffset = llvm::RoundUpToAlignment(StackOffset, 4U); 1085 unsigned NumBytes = StackOffset - OldOffset; 1086 assert(NumBytes); 1087 llvm::Type *Ty = llvm::Type::getInt8Ty(getVMContext()); 1088 Ty = llvm::ArrayType::get(Ty, NumBytes); 1089 FrameFields.push_back(Ty); 1090 } 1091 } 1092 1093 static bool isArgInAlloca(const ABIArgInfo &Info) { 1094 // Leave ignored and inreg arguments alone. 1095 switch (Info.getKind()) { 1096 case ABIArgInfo::InAlloca: 1097 return true; 1098 case ABIArgInfo::Indirect: 1099 assert(Info.getIndirectByVal()); 1100 return true; 1101 case ABIArgInfo::Ignore: 1102 return false; 1103 case ABIArgInfo::Direct: 1104 case ABIArgInfo::Extend: 1105 case ABIArgInfo::Expand: 1106 if (Info.getInReg()) 1107 return false; 1108 return true; 1109 } 1110 llvm_unreachable("invalid enum"); 1111 } 1112 1113 void X86_32ABIInfo::rewriteWithInAlloca(CGFunctionInfo &FI) const { 1114 assert(IsWin32StructABI && "inalloca only supported on win32"); 1115 1116 // Build a packed struct type for all of the arguments in memory. 1117 SmallVector<llvm::Type *, 6> FrameFields; 1118 1119 unsigned StackOffset = 0; 1120 CGFunctionInfo::arg_iterator I = FI.arg_begin(), E = FI.arg_end(); 1121 1122 // Put 'this' into the struct before 'sret', if necessary. 1123 bool IsThisCall = 1124 FI.getCallingConvention() == llvm::CallingConv::X86_ThisCall; 1125 ABIArgInfo &Ret = FI.getReturnInfo(); 1126 if (Ret.isIndirect() && Ret.isSRetAfterThis() && !IsThisCall && 1127 isArgInAlloca(I->info)) { 1128 addFieldToArgStruct(FrameFields, StackOffset, I->info, I->type); 1129 ++I; 1130 } 1131 1132 // Put the sret parameter into the inalloca struct if it's in memory. 1133 if (Ret.isIndirect() && !Ret.getInReg()) { 1134 CanQualType PtrTy = getContext().getPointerType(FI.getReturnType()); 1135 addFieldToArgStruct(FrameFields, StackOffset, Ret, PtrTy); 1136 // On Windows, the hidden sret parameter is always returned in eax. 1137 Ret.setInAllocaSRet(IsWin32StructABI); 1138 } 1139 1140 // Skip the 'this' parameter in ecx. 1141 if (IsThisCall) 1142 ++I; 1143 1144 // Put arguments passed in memory into the struct. 1145 for (; I != E; ++I) { 1146 if (isArgInAlloca(I->info)) 1147 addFieldToArgStruct(FrameFields, StackOffset, I->info, I->type); 1148 } 1149 1150 FI.setArgStruct(llvm::StructType::get(getVMContext(), FrameFields, 1151 /*isPacked=*/true)); 1152 } 1153 1154 llvm::Value *X86_32ABIInfo::EmitVAArg(llvm::Value *VAListAddr, QualType Ty, 1155 CodeGenFunction &CGF) const { 1156 llvm::Type *BPP = CGF.Int8PtrPtrTy; 1157 1158 CGBuilderTy &Builder = CGF.Builder; 1159 llvm::Value *VAListAddrAsBPP = Builder.CreateBitCast(VAListAddr, BPP, 1160 "ap"); 1161 llvm::Value *Addr = Builder.CreateLoad(VAListAddrAsBPP, "ap.cur"); 1162 1163 // Compute if the address needs to be aligned 1164 unsigned Align = CGF.getContext().getTypeAlignInChars(Ty).getQuantity(); 1165 Align = getTypeStackAlignInBytes(Ty, Align); 1166 Align = std::max(Align, 4U); 1167 if (Align > 4) { 1168 // addr = (addr + align - 1) & -align; 1169 llvm::Value *Offset = 1170 llvm::ConstantInt::get(CGF.Int32Ty, Align - 1); 1171 Addr = CGF.Builder.CreateGEP(Addr, Offset); 1172 llvm::Value *AsInt = CGF.Builder.CreatePtrToInt(Addr, 1173 CGF.Int32Ty); 1174 llvm::Value *Mask = llvm::ConstantInt::get(CGF.Int32Ty, -Align); 1175 Addr = CGF.Builder.CreateIntToPtr(CGF.Builder.CreateAnd(AsInt, Mask), 1176 Addr->getType(), 1177 "ap.cur.aligned"); 1178 } 1179 1180 llvm::Type *PTy = 1181 llvm::PointerType::getUnqual(CGF.ConvertType(Ty)); 1182 llvm::Value *AddrTyped = Builder.CreateBitCast(Addr, PTy); 1183 1184 uint64_t Offset = 1185 llvm::RoundUpToAlignment(CGF.getContext().getTypeSize(Ty) / 8, Align); 1186 llvm::Value *NextAddr = 1187 Builder.CreateGEP(Addr, llvm::ConstantInt::get(CGF.Int32Ty, Offset), 1188 "ap.next"); 1189 Builder.CreateStore(NextAddr, VAListAddrAsBPP); 1190 1191 return AddrTyped; 1192 } 1193 1194 bool X86_32TargetCodeGenInfo::isStructReturnInRegABI( 1195 const llvm::Triple &Triple, const CodeGenOptions &Opts) { 1196 assert(Triple.getArch() == llvm::Triple::x86); 1197 1198 switch (Opts.getStructReturnConvention()) { 1199 case CodeGenOptions::SRCK_Default: 1200 break; 1201 case CodeGenOptions::SRCK_OnStack: // -fpcc-struct-return 1202 return false; 1203 case CodeGenOptions::SRCK_InRegs: // -freg-struct-return 1204 return true; 1205 } 1206 1207 if (Triple.isOSDarwin()) 1208 return true; 1209 1210 switch (Triple.getOS()) { 1211 case llvm::Triple::DragonFly: 1212 case llvm::Triple::FreeBSD: 1213 case llvm::Triple::OpenBSD: 1214 case llvm::Triple::Bitrig: 1215 return true; 1216 case llvm::Triple::Win32: 1217 switch (Triple.getEnvironment()) { 1218 case llvm::Triple::UnknownEnvironment: 1219 case llvm::Triple::Cygnus: 1220 case llvm::Triple::GNU: 1221 case llvm::Triple::MSVC: 1222 return true; 1223 default: 1224 return false; 1225 } 1226 default: 1227 return false; 1228 } 1229 } 1230 1231 void X86_32TargetCodeGenInfo::SetTargetAttributes(const Decl *D, 1232 llvm::GlobalValue *GV, 1233 CodeGen::CodeGenModule &CGM) const { 1234 if (const FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D)) { 1235 if (FD->hasAttr<X86ForceAlignArgPointerAttr>()) { 1236 // Get the LLVM function. 1237 llvm::Function *Fn = cast<llvm::Function>(GV); 1238 1239 // Now add the 'alignstack' attribute with a value of 16. 1240 llvm::AttrBuilder B; 1241 B.addStackAlignmentAttr(16); 1242 Fn->addAttributes(llvm::AttributeSet::FunctionIndex, 1243 llvm::AttributeSet::get(CGM.getLLVMContext(), 1244 llvm::AttributeSet::FunctionIndex, 1245 B)); 1246 } 1247 } 1248 } 1249 1250 bool X86_32TargetCodeGenInfo::initDwarfEHRegSizeTable( 1251 CodeGen::CodeGenFunction &CGF, 1252 llvm::Value *Address) const { 1253 CodeGen::CGBuilderTy &Builder = CGF.Builder; 1254 1255 llvm::Value *Four8 = llvm::ConstantInt::get(CGF.Int8Ty, 4); 1256 1257 // 0-7 are the eight integer registers; the order is different 1258 // on Darwin (for EH), but the range is the same. 1259 // 8 is %eip. 1260 AssignToArrayRange(Builder, Address, Four8, 0, 8); 1261 1262 if (CGF.CGM.getTarget().getTriple().isOSDarwin()) { 1263 // 12-16 are st(0..4). Not sure why we stop at 4. 1264 // These have size 16, which is sizeof(long double) on 1265 // platforms with 8-byte alignment for that type. 1266 llvm::Value *Sixteen8 = llvm::ConstantInt::get(CGF.Int8Ty, 16); 1267 AssignToArrayRange(Builder, Address, Sixteen8, 12, 16); 1268 1269 } else { 1270 // 9 is %eflags, which doesn't get a size on Darwin for some 1271 // reason. 1272 Builder.CreateStore(Four8, Builder.CreateConstInBoundsGEP1_32(Address, 9)); 1273 1274 // 11-16 are st(0..5). Not sure why we stop at 5. 1275 // These have size 12, which is sizeof(long double) on 1276 // platforms with 4-byte alignment for that type. 1277 llvm::Value *Twelve8 = llvm::ConstantInt::get(CGF.Int8Ty, 12); 1278 AssignToArrayRange(Builder, Address, Twelve8, 11, 16); 1279 } 1280 1281 return false; 1282 } 1283 1284 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// 1285 // X86-64 ABI Implementation 1286 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// 1287 1288 1289 namespace { 1290 /// X86_64ABIInfo - The X86_64 ABI information. 1291 class X86_64ABIInfo : public ABIInfo { 1292 enum Class { 1293 Integer = 0, 1294 SSE, 1295 SSEUp, 1296 X87, 1297 X87Up, 1298 ComplexX87, 1299 NoClass, 1300 Memory 1301 }; 1302 1303 /// merge - Implement the X86_64 ABI merging algorithm. 1304 /// 1305 /// Merge an accumulating classification \arg Accum with a field 1306 /// classification \arg Field. 1307 /// 1308 /// \param Accum - The accumulating classification. This should 1309 /// always be either NoClass or the result of a previous merge 1310 /// call. In addition, this should never be Memory (the caller 1311 /// should just return Memory for the aggregate). 1312 static Class merge(Class Accum, Class Field); 1313 1314 /// postMerge - Implement the X86_64 ABI post merging algorithm. 1315 /// 1316 /// Post merger cleanup, reduces a malformed Hi and Lo pair to 1317 /// final MEMORY or SSE classes when necessary. 1318 /// 1319 /// \param AggregateSize - The size of the current aggregate in 1320 /// the classification process. 1321 /// 1322 /// \param Lo - The classification for the parts of the type 1323 /// residing in the low word of the containing object. 1324 /// 1325 /// \param Hi - The classification for the parts of the type 1326 /// residing in the higher words of the containing object. 1327 /// 1328 void postMerge(unsigned AggregateSize, Class &Lo, Class &Hi) const; 1329 1330 /// classify - Determine the x86_64 register classes in which the 1331 /// given type T should be passed. 1332 /// 1333 /// \param Lo - The classification for the parts of the type 1334 /// residing in the low word of the containing object. 1335 /// 1336 /// \param Hi - The classification for the parts of the type 1337 /// residing in the high word of the containing object. 1338 /// 1339 /// \param OffsetBase - The bit offset of this type in the 1340 /// containing object. Some parameters are classified different 1341 /// depending on whether they straddle an eightbyte boundary. 1342 /// 1343 /// \param isNamedArg - Whether the argument in question is a "named" 1344 /// argument, as used in AMD64-ABI 3.5.7. 1345 /// 1346 /// If a word is unused its result will be NoClass; if a type should 1347 /// be passed in Memory then at least the classification of \arg Lo 1348 /// will be Memory. 1349 /// 1350 /// The \arg Lo class will be NoClass iff the argument is ignored. 1351 /// 1352 /// If the \arg Lo class is ComplexX87, then the \arg Hi class will 1353 /// also be ComplexX87. 1354 void classify(QualType T, uint64_t OffsetBase, Class &Lo, Class &Hi, 1355 bool isNamedArg) const; 1356 1357 llvm::Type *GetByteVectorType(QualType Ty) const; 1358 llvm::Type *GetSSETypeAtOffset(llvm::Type *IRType, 1359 unsigned IROffset, QualType SourceTy, 1360 unsigned SourceOffset) const; 1361 llvm::Type *GetINTEGERTypeAtOffset(llvm::Type *IRType, 1362 unsigned IROffset, QualType SourceTy, 1363 unsigned SourceOffset) const; 1364 1365 /// getIndirectResult - Give a source type \arg Ty, return a suitable result 1366 /// such that the argument will be returned in memory. 1367 ABIArgInfo getIndirectReturnResult(QualType Ty) const; 1368 1369 /// getIndirectResult - Give a source type \arg Ty, return a suitable result 1370 /// such that the argument will be passed in memory. 1371 /// 1372 /// \param freeIntRegs - The number of free integer registers remaining 1373 /// available. 1374 ABIArgInfo getIndirectResult(QualType Ty, unsigned freeIntRegs) const; 1375 1376 ABIArgInfo classifyReturnType(QualType RetTy) const; 1377 1378 ABIArgInfo classifyArgumentType(QualType Ty, 1379 unsigned freeIntRegs, 1380 unsigned &neededInt, 1381 unsigned &neededSSE, 1382 bool isNamedArg) const; 1383 1384 bool IsIllegalVectorType(QualType Ty) const; 1385 1386 /// The 0.98 ABI revision clarified a lot of ambiguities, 1387 /// unfortunately in ways that were not always consistent with 1388 /// certain previous compilers. In particular, platforms which 1389 /// required strict binary compatibility with older versions of GCC 1390 /// may need to exempt themselves. 1391 bool honorsRevision0_98() const { 1392 return !getTarget().getTriple().isOSDarwin(); 1393 } 1394 1395 bool HasAVX; 1396 // Some ABIs (e.g. X32 ABI and Native Client OS) use 32 bit pointers on 1397 // 64-bit hardware. 1398 bool Has64BitPointers; 1399 1400 public: 1401 X86_64ABIInfo(CodeGen::CodeGenTypes &CGT, bool hasavx) : 1402 ABIInfo(CGT), HasAVX(hasavx), 1403 Has64BitPointers(CGT.getDataLayout().getPointerSize(0) == 8) { 1404 } 1405 1406 bool isPassedUsingAVXType(QualType type) const { 1407 unsigned neededInt, neededSSE; 1408 // The freeIntRegs argument doesn't matter here. 1409 ABIArgInfo info = classifyArgumentType(type, 0, neededInt, neededSSE, 1410 /*isNamedArg*/true); 1411 if (info.isDirect()) { 1412 llvm::Type *ty = info.getCoerceToType(); 1413 if (llvm::VectorType *vectorTy = dyn_cast_or_null<llvm::VectorType>(ty)) 1414 return (vectorTy->getBitWidth() > 128); 1415 } 1416 return false; 1417 } 1418 1419 void computeInfo(CGFunctionInfo &FI) const override; 1420 1421 llvm::Value *EmitVAArg(llvm::Value *VAListAddr, QualType Ty, 1422 CodeGenFunction &CGF) const override; 1423 }; 1424 1425 /// WinX86_64ABIInfo - The Windows X86_64 ABI information. 1426 class WinX86_64ABIInfo : public ABIInfo { 1427 1428 ABIArgInfo classify(QualType Ty, bool IsReturnType) const; 1429 1430 public: 1431 WinX86_64ABIInfo(CodeGen::CodeGenTypes &CGT) : ABIInfo(CGT) {} 1432 1433 void computeInfo(CGFunctionInfo &FI) const override; 1434 1435 llvm::Value *EmitVAArg(llvm::Value *VAListAddr, QualType Ty, 1436 CodeGenFunction &CGF) const override; 1437 }; 1438 1439 class X86_64TargetCodeGenInfo : public TargetCodeGenInfo { 1440 public: 1441 X86_64TargetCodeGenInfo(CodeGen::CodeGenTypes &CGT, bool HasAVX) 1442 : TargetCodeGenInfo(new X86_64ABIInfo(CGT, HasAVX)) {} 1443 1444 const X86_64ABIInfo &getABIInfo() const { 1445 return static_cast<const X86_64ABIInfo&>(TargetCodeGenInfo::getABIInfo()); 1446 } 1447 1448 int getDwarfEHStackPointer(CodeGen::CodeGenModule &CGM) const override { 1449 return 7; 1450 } 1451 1452 bool initDwarfEHRegSizeTable(CodeGen::CodeGenFunction &CGF, 1453 llvm::Value *Address) const override { 1454 llvm::Value *Eight8 = llvm::ConstantInt::get(CGF.Int8Ty, 8); 1455 1456 // 0-15 are the 16 integer registers. 1457 // 16 is %rip. 1458 AssignToArrayRange(CGF.Builder, Address, Eight8, 0, 16); 1459 return false; 1460 } 1461 1462 llvm::Type* adjustInlineAsmType(CodeGen::CodeGenFunction &CGF, 1463 StringRef Constraint, 1464 llvm::Type* Ty) const override { 1465 return X86AdjustInlineAsmType(CGF, Constraint, Ty); 1466 } 1467 1468 bool isNoProtoCallVariadic(const CallArgList &args, 1469 const FunctionNoProtoType *fnType) const override { 1470 // The default CC on x86-64 sets %al to the number of SSA 1471 // registers used, and GCC sets this when calling an unprototyped 1472 // function, so we override the default behavior. However, don't do 1473 // that when AVX types are involved: the ABI explicitly states it is 1474 // undefined, and it doesn't work in practice because of how the ABI 1475 // defines varargs anyway. 1476 if (fnType->getCallConv() == CC_C) { 1477 bool HasAVXType = false; 1478 for (CallArgList::const_iterator 1479 it = args.begin(), ie = args.end(); it != ie; ++it) { 1480 if (getABIInfo().isPassedUsingAVXType(it->Ty)) { 1481 HasAVXType = true; 1482 break; 1483 } 1484 } 1485 1486 if (!HasAVXType) 1487 return true; 1488 } 1489 1490 return TargetCodeGenInfo::isNoProtoCallVariadic(args, fnType); 1491 } 1492 1493 llvm::Constant * 1494 getUBSanFunctionSignature(CodeGen::CodeGenModule &CGM) const override { 1495 unsigned Sig = (0xeb << 0) | // jmp rel8 1496 (0x0a << 8) | // .+0x0c 1497 ('F' << 16) | 1498 ('T' << 24); 1499 return llvm::ConstantInt::get(CGM.Int32Ty, Sig); 1500 } 1501 1502 }; 1503 1504 static std::string qualifyWindowsLibrary(llvm::StringRef Lib) { 1505 // If the argument does not end in .lib, automatically add the suffix. This 1506 // matches the behavior of MSVC. 1507 std::string ArgStr = Lib; 1508 if (!Lib.endswith_lower(".lib")) 1509 ArgStr += ".lib"; 1510 return ArgStr; 1511 } 1512 1513 class WinX86_32TargetCodeGenInfo : public X86_32TargetCodeGenInfo { 1514 public: 1515 WinX86_32TargetCodeGenInfo(CodeGen::CodeGenTypes &CGT, 1516 bool d, bool p, bool w, unsigned RegParms) 1517 : X86_32TargetCodeGenInfo(CGT, d, p, w, RegParms) {} 1518 1519 void getDependentLibraryOption(llvm::StringRef Lib, 1520 llvm::SmallString<24> &Opt) const override { 1521 Opt = "/DEFAULTLIB:"; 1522 Opt += qualifyWindowsLibrary(Lib); 1523 } 1524 1525 void getDetectMismatchOption(llvm::StringRef Name, 1526 llvm::StringRef Value, 1527 llvm::SmallString<32> &Opt) const override { 1528 Opt = "/FAILIFMISMATCH:\"" + Name.str() + "=" + Value.str() + "\""; 1529 } 1530 }; 1531 1532 class WinX86_64TargetCodeGenInfo : public TargetCodeGenInfo { 1533 public: 1534 WinX86_64TargetCodeGenInfo(CodeGen::CodeGenTypes &CGT) 1535 : TargetCodeGenInfo(new WinX86_64ABIInfo(CGT)) {} 1536 1537 int getDwarfEHStackPointer(CodeGen::CodeGenModule &CGM) const override { 1538 return 7; 1539 } 1540 1541 bool initDwarfEHRegSizeTable(CodeGen::CodeGenFunction &CGF, 1542 llvm::Value *Address) const override { 1543 llvm::Value *Eight8 = llvm::ConstantInt::get(CGF.Int8Ty, 8); 1544 1545 // 0-15 are the 16 integer registers. 1546 // 16 is %rip. 1547 AssignToArrayRange(CGF.Builder, Address, Eight8, 0, 16); 1548 return false; 1549 } 1550 1551 void getDependentLibraryOption(llvm::StringRef Lib, 1552 llvm::SmallString<24> &Opt) const override { 1553 Opt = "/DEFAULTLIB:"; 1554 Opt += qualifyWindowsLibrary(Lib); 1555 } 1556 1557 void getDetectMismatchOption(llvm::StringRef Name, 1558 llvm::StringRef Value, 1559 llvm::SmallString<32> &Opt) const override { 1560 Opt = "/FAILIFMISMATCH:\"" + Name.str() + "=" + Value.str() + "\""; 1561 } 1562 }; 1563 1564 } 1565 1566 void X86_64ABIInfo::postMerge(unsigned AggregateSize, Class &Lo, 1567 Class &Hi) const { 1568 // AMD64-ABI 3.2.3p2: Rule 5. Then a post merger cleanup is done: 1569 // 1570 // (a) If one of the classes is Memory, the whole argument is passed in 1571 // memory. 1572 // 1573 // (b) If X87UP is not preceded by X87, the whole argument is passed in 1574 // memory. 1575 // 1576 // (c) If the size of the aggregate exceeds two eightbytes and the first 1577 // eightbyte isn't SSE or any other eightbyte isn't SSEUP, the whole 1578 // argument is passed in memory. NOTE: This is necessary to keep the 1579 // ABI working for processors that don't support the __m256 type. 1580 // 1581 // (d) If SSEUP is not preceded by SSE or SSEUP, it is converted to SSE. 1582 // 1583 // Some of these are enforced by the merging logic. Others can arise 1584 // only with unions; for example: 1585 // union { _Complex double; unsigned; } 1586 // 1587 // Note that clauses (b) and (c) were added in 0.98. 1588 // 1589 if (Hi == Memory) 1590 Lo = Memory; 1591 if (Hi == X87Up && Lo != X87 && honorsRevision0_98()) 1592 Lo = Memory; 1593 if (AggregateSize > 128 && (Lo != SSE || Hi != SSEUp)) 1594 Lo = Memory; 1595 if (Hi == SSEUp && Lo != SSE) 1596 Hi = SSE; 1597 } 1598 1599 X86_64ABIInfo::Class X86_64ABIInfo::merge(Class Accum, Class Field) { 1600 // AMD64-ABI 3.2.3p2: Rule 4. Each field of an object is 1601 // classified recursively so that always two fields are 1602 // considered. The resulting class is calculated according to 1603 // the classes of the fields in the eightbyte: 1604 // 1605 // (a) If both classes are equal, this is the resulting class. 1606 // 1607 // (b) If one of the classes is NO_CLASS, the resulting class is 1608 // the other class. 1609 // 1610 // (c) If one of the classes is MEMORY, the result is the MEMORY 1611 // class. 1612 // 1613 // (d) If one of the classes is INTEGER, the result is the 1614 // INTEGER. 1615 // 1616 // (e) If one of the classes is X87, X87UP, COMPLEX_X87 class, 1617 // MEMORY is used as class. 1618 // 1619 // (f) Otherwise class SSE is used. 1620 1621 // Accum should never be memory (we should have returned) or 1622 // ComplexX87 (because this cannot be passed in a structure). 1623 assert((Accum != Memory && Accum != ComplexX87) && 1624 "Invalid accumulated classification during merge."); 1625 if (Accum == Field || Field == NoClass) 1626 return Accum; 1627 if (Field == Memory) 1628 return Memory; 1629 if (Accum == NoClass) 1630 return Field; 1631 if (Accum == Integer || Field == Integer) 1632 return Integer; 1633 if (Field == X87 || Field == X87Up || Field == ComplexX87 || 1634 Accum == X87 || Accum == X87Up) 1635 return Memory; 1636 return SSE; 1637 } 1638 1639 void X86_64ABIInfo::classify(QualType Ty, uint64_t OffsetBase, 1640 Class &Lo, Class &Hi, bool isNamedArg) const { 1641 // FIXME: This code can be simplified by introducing a simple value class for 1642 // Class pairs with appropriate constructor methods for the various 1643 // situations. 1644 1645 // FIXME: Some of the split computations are wrong; unaligned vectors 1646 // shouldn't be passed in registers for example, so there is no chance they 1647 // can straddle an eightbyte. Verify & simplify. 1648 1649 Lo = Hi = NoClass; 1650 1651 Class &Current = OffsetBase < 64 ? Lo : Hi; 1652 Current = Memory; 1653 1654 if (const BuiltinType *BT = Ty->getAs<BuiltinType>()) { 1655 BuiltinType::Kind k = BT->getKind(); 1656 1657 if (k == BuiltinType::Void) { 1658 Current = NoClass; 1659 } else if (k == BuiltinType::Int128 || k == BuiltinType::UInt128) { 1660 Lo = Integer; 1661 Hi = Integer; 1662 } else if (k >= BuiltinType::Bool && k <= BuiltinType::LongLong) { 1663 Current = Integer; 1664 } else if ((k == BuiltinType::Float || k == BuiltinType::Double) || 1665 (k == BuiltinType::LongDouble && 1666 getTarget().getTriple().isOSNaCl())) { 1667 Current = SSE; 1668 } else if (k == BuiltinType::LongDouble) { 1669 Lo = X87; 1670 Hi = X87Up; 1671 } 1672 // FIXME: _Decimal32 and _Decimal64 are SSE. 1673 // FIXME: _float128 and _Decimal128 are (SSE, SSEUp). 1674 return; 1675 } 1676 1677 if (const EnumType *ET = Ty->getAs<EnumType>()) { 1678 // Classify the underlying integer type. 1679 classify(ET->getDecl()->getIntegerType(), OffsetBase, Lo, Hi, isNamedArg); 1680 return; 1681 } 1682 1683 if (Ty->hasPointerRepresentation()) { 1684 Current = Integer; 1685 return; 1686 } 1687 1688 if (Ty->isMemberPointerType()) { 1689 if (Ty->isMemberFunctionPointerType() && Has64BitPointers) 1690 Lo = Hi = Integer; 1691 else 1692 Current = Integer; 1693 return; 1694 } 1695 1696 if (const VectorType *VT = Ty->getAs<VectorType>()) { 1697 uint64_t Size = getContext().getTypeSize(VT); 1698 if (Size == 32) { 1699 // gcc passes all <4 x char>, <2 x short>, <1 x int>, <1 x 1700 // float> as integer. 1701 Current = Integer; 1702 1703 // If this type crosses an eightbyte boundary, it should be 1704 // split. 1705 uint64_t EB_Real = (OffsetBase) / 64; 1706 uint64_t EB_Imag = (OffsetBase + Size - 1) / 64; 1707 if (EB_Real != EB_Imag) 1708 Hi = Lo; 1709 } else if (Size == 64) { 1710 // gcc passes <1 x double> in memory. :( 1711 if (VT->getElementType()->isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::Double)) 1712 return; 1713 1714 // gcc passes <1 x long long> as INTEGER. 1715 if (VT->getElementType()->isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::LongLong) || 1716 VT->getElementType()->isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::ULongLong) || 1717 VT->getElementType()->isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::Long) || 1718 VT->getElementType()->isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::ULong)) 1719 Current = Integer; 1720 else 1721 Current = SSE; 1722 1723 // If this type crosses an eightbyte boundary, it should be 1724 // split. 1725 if (OffsetBase && OffsetBase != 64) 1726 Hi = Lo; 1727 } else if (Size == 128 || (HasAVX && isNamedArg && Size == 256)) { 1728 // Arguments of 256-bits are split into four eightbyte chunks. The 1729 // least significant one belongs to class SSE and all the others to class 1730 // SSEUP. The original Lo and Hi design considers that types can't be 1731 // greater than 128-bits, so a 64-bit split in Hi and Lo makes sense. 1732 // This design isn't correct for 256-bits, but since there're no cases 1733 // where the upper parts would need to be inspected, avoid adding 1734 // complexity and just consider Hi to match the 64-256 part. 1735 // 1736 // Note that per 3.5.7 of AMD64-ABI, 256-bit args are only passed in 1737 // registers if they are "named", i.e. not part of the "..." of a 1738 // variadic function. 1739 Lo = SSE; 1740 Hi = SSEUp; 1741 } 1742 return; 1743 } 1744 1745 if (const ComplexType *CT = Ty->getAs<ComplexType>()) { 1746 QualType ET = getContext().getCanonicalType(CT->getElementType()); 1747 1748 uint64_t Size = getContext().getTypeSize(Ty); 1749 if (ET->isIntegralOrEnumerationType()) { 1750 if (Size <= 64) 1751 Current = Integer; 1752 else if (Size <= 128) 1753 Lo = Hi = Integer; 1754 } else if (ET == getContext().FloatTy) 1755 Current = SSE; 1756 else if (ET == getContext().DoubleTy || 1757 (ET == getContext().LongDoubleTy && 1758 getTarget().getTriple().isOSNaCl())) 1759 Lo = Hi = SSE; 1760 else if (ET == getContext().LongDoubleTy) 1761 Current = ComplexX87; 1762 1763 // If this complex type crosses an eightbyte boundary then it 1764 // should be split. 1765 uint64_t EB_Real = (OffsetBase) / 64; 1766 uint64_t EB_Imag = (OffsetBase + getContext().getTypeSize(ET)) / 64; 1767 if (Hi == NoClass && EB_Real != EB_Imag) 1768 Hi = Lo; 1769 1770 return; 1771 } 1772 1773 if (const ConstantArrayType *AT = getContext().getAsConstantArrayType(Ty)) { 1774 // Arrays are treated like structures. 1775 1776 uint64_t Size = getContext().getTypeSize(Ty); 1777 1778 // AMD64-ABI 3.2.3p2: Rule 1. If the size of an object is larger 1779 // than four eightbytes, ..., it has class MEMORY. 1780 if (Size > 256) 1781 return; 1782 1783 // AMD64-ABI 3.2.3p2: Rule 1. If ..., or it contains unaligned 1784 // fields, it has class MEMORY. 1785 // 1786 // Only need to check alignment of array base. 1787 if (OffsetBase % getContext().getTypeAlign(AT->getElementType())) 1788 return; 1789 1790 // Otherwise implement simplified merge. We could be smarter about 1791 // this, but it isn't worth it and would be harder to verify. 1792 Current = NoClass; 1793 uint64_t EltSize = getContext().getTypeSize(AT->getElementType()); 1794 uint64_t ArraySize = AT->getSize().getZExtValue(); 1795 1796 // The only case a 256-bit wide vector could be used is when the array 1797 // contains a single 256-bit element. Since Lo and Hi logic isn't extended 1798 // to work for sizes wider than 128, early check and fallback to memory. 1799 if (Size > 128 && EltSize != 256) 1800 return; 1801 1802 for (uint64_t i=0, Offset=OffsetBase; i<ArraySize; ++i, Offset += EltSize) { 1803 Class FieldLo, FieldHi; 1804 classify(AT->getElementType(), Offset, FieldLo, FieldHi, isNamedArg); 1805 Lo = merge(Lo, FieldLo); 1806 Hi = merge(Hi, FieldHi); 1807 if (Lo == Memory || Hi == Memory) 1808 break; 1809 } 1810 1811 postMerge(Size, Lo, Hi); 1812 assert((Hi != SSEUp || Lo == SSE) && "Invalid SSEUp array classification."); 1813 return; 1814 } 1815 1816 if (const RecordType *RT = Ty->getAs<RecordType>()) { 1817 uint64_t Size = getContext().getTypeSize(Ty); 1818 1819 // AMD64-ABI 3.2.3p2: Rule 1. If the size of an object is larger 1820 // than four eightbytes, ..., it has class MEMORY. 1821 if (Size > 256) 1822 return; 1823 1824 // AMD64-ABI 3.2.3p2: Rule 2. If a C++ object has either a non-trivial 1825 // copy constructor or a non-trivial destructor, it is passed by invisible 1826 // reference. 1827 if (getRecordArgABI(RT, getCXXABI())) 1828 return; 1829 1830 const RecordDecl *RD = RT->getDecl(); 1831 1832 // Assume variable sized types are passed in memory. 1833 if (RD->hasFlexibleArrayMember()) 1834 return; 1835 1836 const ASTRecordLayout &Layout = getContext().getASTRecordLayout(RD); 1837 1838 // Reset Lo class, this will be recomputed. 1839 Current = NoClass; 1840 1841 // If this is a C++ record, classify the bases first. 1842 if (const CXXRecordDecl *CXXRD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RD)) { 1843 for (const auto &I : CXXRD->bases()) { 1844 assert(!I.isVirtual() && !I.getType()->isDependentType() && 1845 "Unexpected base class!"); 1846 const CXXRecordDecl *Base = 1847 cast<CXXRecordDecl>(I.getType()->getAs<RecordType>()->getDecl()); 1848 1849 // Classify this field. 1850 // 1851 // AMD64-ABI 3.2.3p2: Rule 3. If the size of the aggregate exceeds a 1852 // single eightbyte, each is classified separately. Each eightbyte gets 1853 // initialized to class NO_CLASS. 1854 Class FieldLo, FieldHi; 1855 uint64_t Offset = 1856 OffsetBase + getContext().toBits(Layout.getBaseClassOffset(Base)); 1857 classify(I.getType(), Offset, FieldLo, FieldHi, isNamedArg); 1858 Lo = merge(Lo, FieldLo); 1859 Hi = merge(Hi, FieldHi); 1860 if (Lo == Memory || Hi == Memory) 1861 break; 1862 } 1863 } 1864 1865 // Classify the fields one at a time, merging the results. 1866 unsigned idx = 0; 1867 for (RecordDecl::field_iterator i = RD->field_begin(), e = RD->field_end(); 1868 i != e; ++i, ++idx) { 1869 uint64_t Offset = OffsetBase + Layout.getFieldOffset(idx); 1870 bool BitField = i->isBitField(); 1871 1872 // AMD64-ABI 3.2.3p2: Rule 1. If the size of an object is larger than 1873 // four eightbytes, or it contains unaligned fields, it has class MEMORY. 1874 // 1875 // The only case a 256-bit wide vector could be used is when the struct 1876 // contains a single 256-bit element. Since Lo and Hi logic isn't extended 1877 // to work for sizes wider than 128, early check and fallback to memory. 1878 // 1879 if (Size > 128 && getContext().getTypeSize(i->getType()) != 256) { 1880 Lo = Memory; 1881 return; 1882 } 1883 // Note, skip this test for bit-fields, see below. 1884 if (!BitField && Offset % getContext().getTypeAlign(i->getType())) { 1885 Lo = Memory; 1886 return; 1887 } 1888 1889 // Classify this field. 1890 // 1891 // AMD64-ABI 3.2.3p2: Rule 3. If the size of the aggregate 1892 // exceeds a single eightbyte, each is classified 1893 // separately. Each eightbyte gets initialized to class 1894 // NO_CLASS. 1895 Class FieldLo, FieldHi; 1896 1897 // Bit-fields require special handling, they do not force the 1898 // structure to be passed in memory even if unaligned, and 1899 // therefore they can straddle an eightbyte. 1900 if (BitField) { 1901 // Ignore padding bit-fields. 1902 if (i->isUnnamedBitfield()) 1903 continue; 1904 1905 uint64_t Offset = OffsetBase + Layout.getFieldOffset(idx); 1906 uint64_t Size = i->getBitWidthValue(getContext()); 1907 1908 uint64_t EB_Lo = Offset / 64; 1909 uint64_t EB_Hi = (Offset + Size - 1) / 64; 1910 1911 if (EB_Lo) { 1912 assert(EB_Hi == EB_Lo && "Invalid classification, type > 16 bytes."); 1913 FieldLo = NoClass; 1914 FieldHi = Integer; 1915 } else { 1916 FieldLo = Integer; 1917 FieldHi = EB_Hi ? Integer : NoClass; 1918 } 1919 } else 1920 classify(i->getType(), Offset, FieldLo, FieldHi, isNamedArg); 1921 Lo = merge(Lo, FieldLo); 1922 Hi = merge(Hi, FieldHi); 1923 if (Lo == Memory || Hi == Memory) 1924 break; 1925 } 1926 1927 postMerge(Size, Lo, Hi); 1928 } 1929 } 1930 1931 ABIArgInfo X86_64ABIInfo::getIndirectReturnResult(QualType Ty) const { 1932 // If this is a scalar LLVM value then assume LLVM will pass it in the right 1933 // place naturally. 1934 if (!isAggregateTypeForABI(Ty)) { 1935 // Treat an enum type as its underlying type. 1936 if (const EnumType *EnumTy = Ty->getAs<EnumType>()) 1937 Ty = EnumTy->getDecl()->getIntegerType(); 1938 1939 return (Ty->isPromotableIntegerType() ? 1940 ABIArgInfo::getExtend() : ABIArgInfo::getDirect()); 1941 } 1942 1943 return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(0); 1944 } 1945 1946 bool X86_64ABIInfo::IsIllegalVectorType(QualType Ty) const { 1947 if (const VectorType *VecTy = Ty->getAs<VectorType>()) { 1948 uint64_t Size = getContext().getTypeSize(VecTy); 1949 unsigned LargestVector = HasAVX ? 256 : 128; 1950 if (Size <= 64 || Size > LargestVector) 1951 return true; 1952 } 1953 1954 return false; 1955 } 1956 1957 ABIArgInfo X86_64ABIInfo::getIndirectResult(QualType Ty, 1958 unsigned freeIntRegs) const { 1959 // If this is a scalar LLVM value then assume LLVM will pass it in the right 1960 // place naturally. 1961 // 1962 // This assumption is optimistic, as there could be free registers available 1963 // when we need to pass this argument in memory, and LLVM could try to pass 1964 // the argument in the free register. This does not seem to happen currently, 1965 // but this code would be much safer if we could mark the argument with 1966 // 'onstack'. See PR12193. 1967 if (!isAggregateTypeForABI(Ty) && !IsIllegalVectorType(Ty)) { 1968 // Treat an enum type as its underlying type. 1969 if (const EnumType *EnumTy = Ty->getAs<EnumType>()) 1970 Ty = EnumTy->getDecl()->getIntegerType(); 1971 1972 return (Ty->isPromotableIntegerType() ? 1973 ABIArgInfo::getExtend() : ABIArgInfo::getDirect()); 1974 } 1975 1976 if (CGCXXABI::RecordArgABI RAA = getRecordArgABI(Ty, getCXXABI())) 1977 return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(0, RAA == CGCXXABI::RAA_DirectInMemory); 1978 1979 // Compute the byval alignment. We specify the alignment of the byval in all 1980 // cases so that the mid-level optimizer knows the alignment of the byval. 1981 unsigned Align = std::max(getContext().getTypeAlign(Ty) / 8, 8U); 1982 1983 // Attempt to avoid passing indirect results using byval when possible. This 1984 // is important for good codegen. 1985 // 1986 // We do this by coercing the value into a scalar type which the backend can 1987 // handle naturally (i.e., without using byval). 1988 // 1989 // For simplicity, we currently only do this when we have exhausted all of the 1990 // free integer registers. Doing this when there are free integer registers 1991 // would require more care, as we would have to ensure that the coerced value 1992 // did not claim the unused register. That would require either reording the 1993 // arguments to the function (so that any subsequent inreg values came first), 1994 // or only doing this optimization when there were no following arguments that 1995 // might be inreg. 1996 // 1997 // We currently expect it to be rare (particularly in well written code) for 1998 // arguments to be passed on the stack when there are still free integer 1999 // registers available (this would typically imply large structs being passed 2000 // by value), so this seems like a fair tradeoff for now. 2001 // 2002 // We can revisit this if the backend grows support for 'onstack' parameter 2003 // attributes. See PR12193. 2004 if (freeIntRegs == 0) { 2005 uint64_t Size = getContext().getTypeSize(Ty); 2006 2007 // If this type fits in an eightbyte, coerce it into the matching integral 2008 // type, which will end up on the stack (with alignment 8). 2009 if (Align == 8 && Size <= 64) 2010 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(llvm::IntegerType::get(getVMContext(), 2011 Size)); 2012 } 2013 2014 return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(Align); 2015 } 2016 2017 /// GetByteVectorType - The ABI specifies that a value should be passed in an 2018 /// full vector XMM/YMM register. Pick an LLVM IR type that will be passed as a 2019 /// vector register. 2020 llvm::Type *X86_64ABIInfo::GetByteVectorType(QualType Ty) const { 2021 llvm::Type *IRType = CGT.ConvertType(Ty); 2022 2023 // Wrapper structs that just contain vectors are passed just like vectors, 2024 // strip them off if present. 2025 llvm::StructType *STy = dyn_cast<llvm::StructType>(IRType); 2026 while (STy && STy->getNumElements() == 1) { 2027 IRType = STy->getElementType(0); 2028 STy = dyn_cast<llvm::StructType>(IRType); 2029 } 2030 2031 // If the preferred type is a 16-byte vector, prefer to pass it. 2032 if (llvm::VectorType *VT = dyn_cast<llvm::VectorType>(IRType)){ 2033 llvm::Type *EltTy = VT->getElementType(); 2034 unsigned BitWidth = VT->getBitWidth(); 2035 if ((BitWidth >= 128 && BitWidth <= 256) && 2036 (EltTy->isFloatTy() || EltTy->isDoubleTy() || 2037 EltTy->isIntegerTy(8) || EltTy->isIntegerTy(16) || 2038 EltTy->isIntegerTy(32) || EltTy->isIntegerTy(64) || 2039 EltTy->isIntegerTy(128))) 2040 return VT; 2041 } 2042 2043 return llvm::VectorType::get(llvm::Type::getDoubleTy(getVMContext()), 2); 2044 } 2045 2046 /// BitsContainNoUserData - Return true if the specified [start,end) bit range 2047 /// is known to either be off the end of the specified type or being in 2048 /// alignment padding. The user type specified is known to be at most 128 bits 2049 /// in size, and have passed through X86_64ABIInfo::classify with a successful 2050 /// classification that put one of the two halves in the INTEGER class. 2051 /// 2052 /// It is conservatively correct to return false. 2053 static bool BitsContainNoUserData(QualType Ty, unsigned StartBit, 2054 unsigned EndBit, ASTContext &Context) { 2055 // If the bytes being queried are off the end of the type, there is no user 2056 // data hiding here. This handles analysis of builtins, vectors and other 2057 // types that don't contain interesting padding. 2058 unsigned TySize = (unsigned)Context.getTypeSize(Ty); 2059 if (TySize <= StartBit) 2060 return true; 2061 2062 if (const ConstantArrayType *AT = Context.getAsConstantArrayType(Ty)) { 2063 unsigned EltSize = (unsigned)Context.getTypeSize(AT->getElementType()); 2064 unsigned NumElts = (unsigned)AT->getSize().getZExtValue(); 2065 2066 // Check each element to see if the element overlaps with the queried range. 2067 for (unsigned i = 0; i != NumElts; ++i) { 2068 // If the element is after the span we care about, then we're done.. 2069 unsigned EltOffset = i*EltSize; 2070 if (EltOffset >= EndBit) break; 2071 2072 unsigned EltStart = EltOffset < StartBit ? StartBit-EltOffset :0; 2073 if (!BitsContainNoUserData(AT->getElementType(), EltStart, 2074 EndBit-EltOffset, Context)) 2075 return false; 2076 } 2077 // If it overlaps no elements, then it is safe to process as padding. 2078 return true; 2079 } 2080 2081 if (const RecordType *RT = Ty->getAs<RecordType>()) { 2082 const RecordDecl *RD = RT->getDecl(); 2083 const ASTRecordLayout &Layout = Context.getASTRecordLayout(RD); 2084 2085 // If this is a C++ record, check the bases first. 2086 if (const CXXRecordDecl *CXXRD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RD)) { 2087 for (const auto &I : CXXRD->bases()) { 2088 assert(!I.isVirtual() && !I.getType()->isDependentType() && 2089 "Unexpected base class!"); 2090 const CXXRecordDecl *Base = 2091 cast<CXXRecordDecl>(I.getType()->getAs<RecordType>()->getDecl()); 2092 2093 // If the base is after the span we care about, ignore it. 2094 unsigned BaseOffset = Context.toBits(Layout.getBaseClassOffset(Base)); 2095 if (BaseOffset >= EndBit) continue; 2096 2097 unsigned BaseStart = BaseOffset < StartBit ? StartBit-BaseOffset :0; 2098 if (!BitsContainNoUserData(I.getType(), BaseStart, 2099 EndBit-BaseOffset, Context)) 2100 return false; 2101 } 2102 } 2103 2104 // Verify that no field has data that overlaps the region of interest. Yes 2105 // this could be sped up a lot by being smarter about queried fields, 2106 // however we're only looking at structs up to 16 bytes, so we don't care 2107 // much. 2108 unsigned idx = 0; 2109 for (RecordDecl::field_iterator i = RD->field_begin(), e = RD->field_end(); 2110 i != e; ++i, ++idx) { 2111 unsigned FieldOffset = (unsigned)Layout.getFieldOffset(idx); 2112 2113 // If we found a field after the region we care about, then we're done. 2114 if (FieldOffset >= EndBit) break; 2115 2116 unsigned FieldStart = FieldOffset < StartBit ? StartBit-FieldOffset :0; 2117 if (!BitsContainNoUserData(i->getType(), FieldStart, EndBit-FieldOffset, 2118 Context)) 2119 return false; 2120 } 2121 2122 // If nothing in this record overlapped the area of interest, then we're 2123 // clean. 2124 return true; 2125 } 2126 2127 return false; 2128 } 2129 2130 /// ContainsFloatAtOffset - Return true if the specified LLVM IR type has a 2131 /// float member at the specified offset. For example, {int,{float}} has a 2132 /// float at offset 4. It is conservatively correct for this routine to return 2133 /// false. 2134 static bool ContainsFloatAtOffset(llvm::Type *IRType, unsigned IROffset, 2135 const llvm::DataLayout &TD) { 2136 // Base case if we find a float. 2137 if (IROffset == 0 && IRType->isFloatTy()) 2138 return true; 2139 2140 // If this is a struct, recurse into the field at the specified offset. 2141 if (llvm::StructType *STy = dyn_cast<llvm::StructType>(IRType)) { 2142 const llvm::StructLayout *SL = TD.getStructLayout(STy); 2143 unsigned Elt = SL->getElementContainingOffset(IROffset); 2144 IROffset -= SL->getElementOffset(Elt); 2145 return ContainsFloatAtOffset(STy->getElementType(Elt), IROffset, TD); 2146 } 2147 2148 // If this is an array, recurse into the field at the specified offset. 2149 if (llvm::ArrayType *ATy = dyn_cast<llvm::ArrayType>(IRType)) { 2150 llvm::Type *EltTy = ATy->getElementType(); 2151 unsigned EltSize = TD.getTypeAllocSize(EltTy); 2152 IROffset -= IROffset/EltSize*EltSize; 2153 return ContainsFloatAtOffset(EltTy, IROffset, TD); 2154 } 2155 2156 return false; 2157 } 2158 2159 2160 /// GetSSETypeAtOffset - Return a type that will be passed by the backend in the 2161 /// low 8 bytes of an XMM register, corresponding to the SSE class. 2162 llvm::Type *X86_64ABIInfo:: 2163 GetSSETypeAtOffset(llvm::Type *IRType, unsigned IROffset, 2164 QualType SourceTy, unsigned SourceOffset) const { 2165 // The only three choices we have are either double, <2 x float>, or float. We 2166 // pass as float if the last 4 bytes is just padding. This happens for 2167 // structs that contain 3 floats. 2168 if (BitsContainNoUserData(SourceTy, SourceOffset*8+32, 2169 SourceOffset*8+64, getContext())) 2170 return llvm::Type::getFloatTy(getVMContext()); 2171 2172 // We want to pass as <2 x float> if the LLVM IR type contains a float at 2173 // offset+0 and offset+4. Walk the LLVM IR type to find out if this is the 2174 // case. 2175 if (ContainsFloatAtOffset(IRType, IROffset, getDataLayout()) && 2176 ContainsFloatAtOffset(IRType, IROffset+4, getDataLayout())) 2177 return llvm::VectorType::get(llvm::Type::getFloatTy(getVMContext()), 2); 2178 2179 return llvm::Type::getDoubleTy(getVMContext()); 2180 } 2181 2182 2183 /// GetINTEGERTypeAtOffset - The ABI specifies that a value should be passed in 2184 /// an 8-byte GPR. This means that we either have a scalar or we are talking 2185 /// about the high or low part of an up-to-16-byte struct. This routine picks 2186 /// the best LLVM IR type to represent this, which may be i64 or may be anything 2187 /// else that the backend will pass in a GPR that works better (e.g. i8, %foo*, 2188 /// etc). 2189 /// 2190 /// PrefType is an LLVM IR type that corresponds to (part of) the IR type for 2191 /// the source type. IROffset is an offset in bytes into the LLVM IR type that 2192 /// the 8-byte value references. PrefType may be null. 2193 /// 2194 /// SourceTy is the source-level type for the entire argument. SourceOffset is 2195 /// an offset into this that we're processing (which is always either 0 or 8). 2196 /// 2197 llvm::Type *X86_64ABIInfo:: 2198 GetINTEGERTypeAtOffset(llvm::Type *IRType, unsigned IROffset, 2199 QualType SourceTy, unsigned SourceOffset) const { 2200 // If we're dealing with an un-offset LLVM IR type, then it means that we're 2201 // returning an 8-byte unit starting with it. See if we can safely use it. 2202 if (IROffset == 0) { 2203 // Pointers and int64's always fill the 8-byte unit. 2204 if ((isa<llvm::PointerType>(IRType) && Has64BitPointers) || 2205 IRType->isIntegerTy(64)) 2206 return IRType; 2207 2208 // If we have a 1/2/4-byte integer, we can use it only if the rest of the 2209 // goodness in the source type is just tail padding. This is allowed to 2210 // kick in for struct {double,int} on the int, but not on 2211 // struct{double,int,int} because we wouldn't return the second int. We 2212 // have to do this analysis on the source type because we can't depend on 2213 // unions being lowered a specific way etc. 2214 if (IRType->isIntegerTy(8) || IRType->isIntegerTy(16) || 2215 IRType->isIntegerTy(32) || 2216 (isa<llvm::PointerType>(IRType) && !Has64BitPointers)) { 2217 unsigned BitWidth = isa<llvm::PointerType>(IRType) ? 32 : 2218 cast<llvm::IntegerType>(IRType)->getBitWidth(); 2219 2220 if (BitsContainNoUserData(SourceTy, SourceOffset*8+BitWidth, 2221 SourceOffset*8+64, getContext())) 2222 return IRType; 2223 } 2224 } 2225 2226 if (llvm::StructType *STy = dyn_cast<llvm::StructType>(IRType)) { 2227 // If this is a struct, recurse into the field at the specified offset. 2228 const llvm::StructLayout *SL = getDataLayout().getStructLayout(STy); 2229 if (IROffset < SL->getSizeInBytes()) { 2230 unsigned FieldIdx = SL->getElementContainingOffset(IROffset); 2231 IROffset -= SL->getElementOffset(FieldIdx); 2232 2233 return GetINTEGERTypeAtOffset(STy->getElementType(FieldIdx), IROffset, 2234 SourceTy, SourceOffset); 2235 } 2236 } 2237 2238 if (llvm::ArrayType *ATy = dyn_cast<llvm::ArrayType>(IRType)) { 2239 llvm::Type *EltTy = ATy->getElementType(); 2240 unsigned EltSize = getDataLayout().getTypeAllocSize(EltTy); 2241 unsigned EltOffset = IROffset/EltSize*EltSize; 2242 return GetINTEGERTypeAtOffset(EltTy, IROffset-EltOffset, SourceTy, 2243 SourceOffset); 2244 } 2245 2246 // Okay, we don't have any better idea of what to pass, so we pass this in an 2247 // integer register that isn't too big to fit the rest of the struct. 2248 unsigned TySizeInBytes = 2249 (unsigned)getContext().getTypeSizeInChars(SourceTy).getQuantity(); 2250 2251 assert(TySizeInBytes != SourceOffset && "Empty field?"); 2252 2253 // It is always safe to classify this as an integer type up to i64 that 2254 // isn't larger than the structure. 2255 return llvm::IntegerType::get(getVMContext(), 2256 std::min(TySizeInBytes-SourceOffset, 8U)*8); 2257 } 2258 2259 2260 /// GetX86_64ByValArgumentPair - Given a high and low type that can ideally 2261 /// be used as elements of a two register pair to pass or return, return a 2262 /// first class aggregate to represent them. For example, if the low part of 2263 /// a by-value argument should be passed as i32* and the high part as float, 2264 /// return {i32*, float}. 2265 static llvm::Type * 2266 GetX86_64ByValArgumentPair(llvm::Type *Lo, llvm::Type *Hi, 2267 const llvm::DataLayout &TD) { 2268 // In order to correctly satisfy the ABI, we need to the high part to start 2269 // at offset 8. If the high and low parts we inferred are both 4-byte types 2270 // (e.g. i32 and i32) then the resultant struct type ({i32,i32}) won't have 2271 // the second element at offset 8. Check for this: 2272 unsigned LoSize = (unsigned)TD.getTypeAllocSize(Lo); 2273 unsigned HiAlign = TD.getABITypeAlignment(Hi); 2274 unsigned HiStart = llvm::DataLayout::RoundUpAlignment(LoSize, HiAlign); 2275 assert(HiStart != 0 && HiStart <= 8 && "Invalid x86-64 argument pair!"); 2276 2277 // To handle this, we have to increase the size of the low part so that the 2278 // second element will start at an 8 byte offset. We can't increase the size 2279 // of the second element because it might make us access off the end of the 2280 // struct. 2281 if (HiStart != 8) { 2282 // There are only two sorts of types the ABI generation code can produce for 2283 // the low part of a pair that aren't 8 bytes in size: float or i8/i16/i32. 2284 // Promote these to a larger type. 2285 if (Lo->isFloatTy()) 2286 Lo = llvm::Type::getDoubleTy(Lo->getContext()); 2287 else { 2288 assert(Lo->isIntegerTy() && "Invalid/unknown lo type"); 2289 Lo = llvm::Type::getInt64Ty(Lo->getContext()); 2290 } 2291 } 2292 2293 llvm::StructType *Result = llvm::StructType::get(Lo, Hi, NULL); 2294 2295 2296 // Verify that the second element is at an 8-byte offset. 2297 assert(TD.getStructLayout(Result)->getElementOffset(1) == 8 && 2298 "Invalid x86-64 argument pair!"); 2299 return Result; 2300 } 2301 2302 ABIArgInfo X86_64ABIInfo:: 2303 classifyReturnType(QualType RetTy) const { 2304 // AMD64-ABI 3.2.3p4: Rule 1. Classify the return type with the 2305 // classification algorithm. 2306 X86_64ABIInfo::Class Lo, Hi; 2307 classify(RetTy, 0, Lo, Hi, /*isNamedArg*/ true); 2308 2309 // Check some invariants. 2310 assert((Hi != Memory || Lo == Memory) && "Invalid memory classification."); 2311 assert((Hi != SSEUp || Lo == SSE) && "Invalid SSEUp classification."); 2312 2313 llvm::Type *ResType = nullptr; 2314 switch (Lo) { 2315 case NoClass: 2316 if (Hi == NoClass) 2317 return ABIArgInfo::getIgnore(); 2318 // If the low part is just padding, it takes no register, leave ResType 2319 // null. 2320 assert((Hi == SSE || Hi == Integer || Hi == X87Up) && 2321 "Unknown missing lo part"); 2322 break; 2323 2324 case SSEUp: 2325 case X87Up: 2326 llvm_unreachable("Invalid classification for lo word."); 2327 2328 // AMD64-ABI 3.2.3p4: Rule 2. Types of class memory are returned via 2329 // hidden argument. 2330 case Memory: 2331 return getIndirectReturnResult(RetTy); 2332 2333 // AMD64-ABI 3.2.3p4: Rule 3. If the class is INTEGER, the next 2334 // available register of the sequence %rax, %rdx is used. 2335 case Integer: 2336 ResType = GetINTEGERTypeAtOffset(CGT.ConvertType(RetTy), 0, RetTy, 0); 2337 2338 // If we have a sign or zero extended integer, make sure to return Extend 2339 // so that the parameter gets the right LLVM IR attributes. 2340 if (Hi == NoClass && isa<llvm::IntegerType>(ResType)) { 2341 // Treat an enum type as its underlying type. 2342 if (const EnumType *EnumTy = RetTy->getAs<EnumType>()) 2343 RetTy = EnumTy->getDecl()->getIntegerType(); 2344 2345 if (RetTy->isIntegralOrEnumerationType() && 2346 RetTy->isPromotableIntegerType()) 2347 return ABIArgInfo::getExtend(); 2348 } 2349 break; 2350 2351 // AMD64-ABI 3.2.3p4: Rule 4. If the class is SSE, the next 2352 // available SSE register of the sequence %xmm0, %xmm1 is used. 2353 case SSE: 2354 ResType = GetSSETypeAtOffset(CGT.ConvertType(RetTy), 0, RetTy, 0); 2355 break; 2356 2357 // AMD64-ABI 3.2.3p4: Rule 6. If the class is X87, the value is 2358 // returned on the X87 stack in %st0 as 80-bit x87 number. 2359 case X87: 2360 ResType = llvm::Type::getX86_FP80Ty(getVMContext()); 2361 break; 2362 2363 // AMD64-ABI 3.2.3p4: Rule 8. If the class is COMPLEX_X87, the real 2364 // part of the value is returned in %st0 and the imaginary part in 2365 // %st1. 2366 case ComplexX87: 2367 assert(Hi == ComplexX87 && "Unexpected ComplexX87 classification."); 2368 ResType = llvm::StructType::get(llvm::Type::getX86_FP80Ty(getVMContext()), 2369 llvm::Type::getX86_FP80Ty(getVMContext()), 2370 NULL); 2371 break; 2372 } 2373 2374 llvm::Type *HighPart = nullptr; 2375 switch (Hi) { 2376 // Memory was handled previously and X87 should 2377 // never occur as a hi class. 2378 case Memory: 2379 case X87: 2380 llvm_unreachable("Invalid classification for hi word."); 2381 2382 case ComplexX87: // Previously handled. 2383 case NoClass: 2384 break; 2385 2386 case Integer: 2387 HighPart = GetINTEGERTypeAtOffset(CGT.ConvertType(RetTy), 8, RetTy, 8); 2388 if (Lo == NoClass) // Return HighPart at offset 8 in memory. 2389 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(HighPart, 8); 2390 break; 2391 case SSE: 2392 HighPart = GetSSETypeAtOffset(CGT.ConvertType(RetTy), 8, RetTy, 8); 2393 if (Lo == NoClass) // Return HighPart at offset 8 in memory. 2394 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(HighPart, 8); 2395 break; 2396 2397 // AMD64-ABI 3.2.3p4: Rule 5. If the class is SSEUP, the eightbyte 2398 // is passed in the next available eightbyte chunk if the last used 2399 // vector register. 2400 // 2401 // SSEUP should always be preceded by SSE, just widen. 2402 case SSEUp: 2403 assert(Lo == SSE && "Unexpected SSEUp classification."); 2404 ResType = GetByteVectorType(RetTy); 2405 break; 2406 2407 // AMD64-ABI 3.2.3p4: Rule 7. If the class is X87UP, the value is 2408 // returned together with the previous X87 value in %st0. 2409 case X87Up: 2410 // If X87Up is preceded by X87, we don't need to do 2411 // anything. However, in some cases with unions it may not be 2412 // preceded by X87. In such situations we follow gcc and pass the 2413 // extra bits in an SSE reg. 2414 if (Lo != X87) { 2415 HighPart = GetSSETypeAtOffset(CGT.ConvertType(RetTy), 8, RetTy, 8); 2416 if (Lo == NoClass) // Return HighPart at offset 8 in memory. 2417 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(HighPart, 8); 2418 } 2419 break; 2420 } 2421 2422 // If a high part was specified, merge it together with the low part. It is 2423 // known to pass in the high eightbyte of the result. We do this by forming a 2424 // first class struct aggregate with the high and low part: {low, high} 2425 if (HighPart) 2426 ResType = GetX86_64ByValArgumentPair(ResType, HighPart, getDataLayout()); 2427 2428 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(ResType); 2429 } 2430 2431 ABIArgInfo X86_64ABIInfo::classifyArgumentType( 2432 QualType Ty, unsigned freeIntRegs, unsigned &neededInt, unsigned &neededSSE, 2433 bool isNamedArg) 2434 const 2435 { 2436 X86_64ABIInfo::Class Lo, Hi; 2437 classify(Ty, 0, Lo, Hi, isNamedArg); 2438 2439 // Check some invariants. 2440 // FIXME: Enforce these by construction. 2441 assert((Hi != Memory || Lo == Memory) && "Invalid memory classification."); 2442 assert((Hi != SSEUp || Lo == SSE) && "Invalid SSEUp classification."); 2443 2444 neededInt = 0; 2445 neededSSE = 0; 2446 llvm::Type *ResType = nullptr; 2447 switch (Lo) { 2448 case NoClass: 2449 if (Hi == NoClass) 2450 return ABIArgInfo::getIgnore(); 2451 // If the low part is just padding, it takes no register, leave ResType 2452 // null. 2453 assert((Hi == SSE || Hi == Integer || Hi == X87Up) && 2454 "Unknown missing lo part"); 2455 break; 2456 2457 // AMD64-ABI 3.2.3p3: Rule 1. If the class is MEMORY, pass the argument 2458 // on the stack. 2459 case Memory: 2460 2461 // AMD64-ABI 3.2.3p3: Rule 5. If the class is X87, X87UP or 2462 // COMPLEX_X87, it is passed in memory. 2463 case X87: 2464 case ComplexX87: 2465 if (getRecordArgABI(Ty, getCXXABI()) == CGCXXABI::RAA_Indirect) 2466 ++neededInt; 2467 return getIndirectResult(Ty, freeIntRegs); 2468 2469 case SSEUp: 2470 case X87Up: 2471 llvm_unreachable("Invalid classification for lo word."); 2472 2473 // AMD64-ABI 3.2.3p3: Rule 2. If the class is INTEGER, the next 2474 // available register of the sequence %rdi, %rsi, %rdx, %rcx, %r8 2475 // and %r9 is used. 2476 case Integer: 2477 ++neededInt; 2478 2479 // Pick an 8-byte type based on the preferred type. 2480 ResType = GetINTEGERTypeAtOffset(CGT.ConvertType(Ty), 0, Ty, 0); 2481 2482 // If we have a sign or zero extended integer, make sure to return Extend 2483 // so that the parameter gets the right LLVM IR attributes. 2484 if (Hi == NoClass && isa<llvm::IntegerType>(ResType)) { 2485 // Treat an enum type as its underlying type. 2486 if (const EnumType *EnumTy = Ty->getAs<EnumType>()) 2487 Ty = EnumTy->getDecl()->getIntegerType(); 2488 2489 if (Ty->isIntegralOrEnumerationType() && 2490 Ty->isPromotableIntegerType()) 2491 return ABIArgInfo::getExtend(); 2492 } 2493 2494 break; 2495 2496 // AMD64-ABI 3.2.3p3: Rule 3. If the class is SSE, the next 2497 // available SSE register is used, the registers are taken in the 2498 // order from %xmm0 to %xmm7. 2499 case SSE: { 2500 llvm::Type *IRType = CGT.ConvertType(Ty); 2501 ResType = GetSSETypeAtOffset(IRType, 0, Ty, 0); 2502 ++neededSSE; 2503 break; 2504 } 2505 } 2506 2507 llvm::Type *HighPart = nullptr; 2508 switch (Hi) { 2509 // Memory was handled previously, ComplexX87 and X87 should 2510 // never occur as hi classes, and X87Up must be preceded by X87, 2511 // which is passed in memory. 2512 case Memory: 2513 case X87: 2514 case ComplexX87: 2515 llvm_unreachable("Invalid classification for hi word."); 2516 2517 case NoClass: break; 2518 2519 case Integer: 2520 ++neededInt; 2521 // Pick an 8-byte type based on the preferred type. 2522 HighPart = GetINTEGERTypeAtOffset(CGT.ConvertType(Ty), 8, Ty, 8); 2523 2524 if (Lo == NoClass) // Pass HighPart at offset 8 in memory. 2525 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(HighPart, 8); 2526 break; 2527 2528 // X87Up generally doesn't occur here (long double is passed in 2529 // memory), except in situations involving unions. 2530 case X87Up: 2531 case SSE: 2532 HighPart = GetSSETypeAtOffset(CGT.ConvertType(Ty), 8, Ty, 8); 2533 2534 if (Lo == NoClass) // Pass HighPart at offset 8 in memory. 2535 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(HighPart, 8); 2536 2537 ++neededSSE; 2538 break; 2539 2540 // AMD64-ABI 3.2.3p3: Rule 4. If the class is SSEUP, the 2541 // eightbyte is passed in the upper half of the last used SSE 2542 // register. This only happens when 128-bit vectors are passed. 2543 case SSEUp: 2544 assert(Lo == SSE && "Unexpected SSEUp classification"); 2545 ResType = GetByteVectorType(Ty); 2546 break; 2547 } 2548 2549 // If a high part was specified, merge it together with the low part. It is 2550 // known to pass in the high eightbyte of the result. We do this by forming a 2551 // first class struct aggregate with the high and low part: {low, high} 2552 if (HighPart) 2553 ResType = GetX86_64ByValArgumentPair(ResType, HighPart, getDataLayout()); 2554 2555 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(ResType); 2556 } 2557 2558 void X86_64ABIInfo::computeInfo(CGFunctionInfo &FI) const { 2559 2560 if (!getCXXABI().classifyReturnType(FI)) 2561 FI.getReturnInfo() = classifyReturnType(FI.getReturnType()); 2562 2563 // Keep track of the number of assigned registers. 2564 unsigned freeIntRegs = 6, freeSSERegs = 8; 2565 2566 // If the return value is indirect, then the hidden argument is consuming one 2567 // integer register. 2568 if (FI.getReturnInfo().isIndirect()) 2569 --freeIntRegs; 2570 2571 unsigned NumRequiredArgs = FI.getNumRequiredArgs(); 2572 // AMD64-ABI 3.2.3p3: Once arguments are classified, the registers 2573 // get assigned (in left-to-right order) for passing as follows... 2574 unsigned ArgNo = 0; 2575 for (CGFunctionInfo::arg_iterator it = FI.arg_begin(), ie = FI.arg_end(); 2576 it != ie; ++it, ++ArgNo) { 2577 bool IsNamedArg = ArgNo < NumRequiredArgs; 2578 2579 unsigned neededInt, neededSSE; 2580 it->info = classifyArgumentType(it->type, freeIntRegs, neededInt, 2581 neededSSE, IsNamedArg); 2582 2583 // AMD64-ABI 3.2.3p3: If there are no registers available for any 2584 // eightbyte of an argument, the whole argument is passed on the 2585 // stack. If registers have already been assigned for some 2586 // eightbytes of such an argument, the assignments get reverted. 2587 if (freeIntRegs >= neededInt && freeSSERegs >= neededSSE) { 2588 freeIntRegs -= neededInt; 2589 freeSSERegs -= neededSSE; 2590 } else { 2591 it->info = getIndirectResult(it->type, freeIntRegs); 2592 } 2593 } 2594 } 2595 2596 static llvm::Value *EmitVAArgFromMemory(llvm::Value *VAListAddr, 2597 QualType Ty, 2598 CodeGenFunction &CGF) { 2599 llvm::Value *overflow_arg_area_p = 2600 CGF.Builder.CreateStructGEP(VAListAddr, 2, "overflow_arg_area_p"); 2601 llvm::Value *overflow_arg_area = 2602 CGF.Builder.CreateLoad(overflow_arg_area_p, "overflow_arg_area"); 2603 2604 // AMD64-ABI 3.5.7p5: Step 7. Align l->overflow_arg_area upwards to a 16 2605 // byte boundary if alignment needed by type exceeds 8 byte boundary. 2606 // It isn't stated explicitly in the standard, but in practice we use 2607 // alignment greater than 16 where necessary. 2608 uint64_t Align = CGF.getContext().getTypeAlign(Ty) / 8; 2609 if (Align > 8) { 2610 // overflow_arg_area = (overflow_arg_area + align - 1) & -align; 2611 llvm::Value *Offset = 2612 llvm::ConstantInt::get(CGF.Int64Ty, Align - 1); 2613 overflow_arg_area = CGF.Builder.CreateGEP(overflow_arg_area, Offset); 2614 llvm::Value *AsInt = CGF.Builder.CreatePtrToInt(overflow_arg_area, 2615 CGF.Int64Ty); 2616 llvm::Value *Mask = llvm::ConstantInt::get(CGF.Int64Ty, -(uint64_t)Align); 2617 overflow_arg_area = 2618 CGF.Builder.CreateIntToPtr(CGF.Builder.CreateAnd(AsInt, Mask), 2619 overflow_arg_area->getType(), 2620 "overflow_arg_area.align"); 2621 } 2622 2623 // AMD64-ABI 3.5.7p5: Step 8. Fetch type from l->overflow_arg_area. 2624 llvm::Type *LTy = CGF.ConvertTypeForMem(Ty); 2625 llvm::Value *Res = 2626 CGF.Builder.CreateBitCast(overflow_arg_area, 2627 llvm::PointerType::getUnqual(LTy)); 2628 2629 // AMD64-ABI 3.5.7p5: Step 9. Set l->overflow_arg_area to: 2630 // l->overflow_arg_area + sizeof(type). 2631 // AMD64-ABI 3.5.7p5: Step 10. Align l->overflow_arg_area upwards to 2632 // an 8 byte boundary. 2633 2634 uint64_t SizeInBytes = (CGF.getContext().getTypeSize(Ty) + 7) / 8; 2635 llvm::Value *Offset = 2636 llvm::ConstantInt::get(CGF.Int32Ty, (SizeInBytes + 7) & ~7); 2637 overflow_arg_area = CGF.Builder.CreateGEP(overflow_arg_area, Offset, 2638 "overflow_arg_area.next"); 2639 CGF.Builder.CreateStore(overflow_arg_area, overflow_arg_area_p); 2640 2641 // AMD64-ABI 3.5.7p5: Step 11. Return the fetched type. 2642 return Res; 2643 } 2644 2645 llvm::Value *X86_64ABIInfo::EmitVAArg(llvm::Value *VAListAddr, QualType Ty, 2646 CodeGenFunction &CGF) const { 2647 // Assume that va_list type is correct; should be pointer to LLVM type: 2648 // struct { 2649 // i32 gp_offset; 2650 // i32 fp_offset; 2651 // i8* overflow_arg_area; 2652 // i8* reg_save_area; 2653 // }; 2654 unsigned neededInt, neededSSE; 2655 2656 Ty = CGF.getContext().getCanonicalType(Ty); 2657 ABIArgInfo AI = classifyArgumentType(Ty, 0, neededInt, neededSSE, 2658 /*isNamedArg*/false); 2659 2660 // AMD64-ABI 3.5.7p5: Step 1. Determine whether type may be passed 2661 // in the registers. If not go to step 7. 2662 if (!neededInt && !neededSSE) 2663 return EmitVAArgFromMemory(VAListAddr, Ty, CGF); 2664 2665 // AMD64-ABI 3.5.7p5: Step 2. Compute num_gp to hold the number of 2666 // general purpose registers needed to pass type and num_fp to hold 2667 // the number of floating point registers needed. 2668 2669 // AMD64-ABI 3.5.7p5: Step 3. Verify whether arguments fit into 2670 // registers. In the case: l->gp_offset > 48 - num_gp * 8 or 2671 // l->fp_offset > 304 - num_fp * 16 go to step 7. 2672 // 2673 // NOTE: 304 is a typo, there are (6 * 8 + 8 * 16) = 176 bytes of 2674 // register save space). 2675 2676 llvm::Value *InRegs = nullptr; 2677 llvm::Value *gp_offset_p = nullptr, *gp_offset = nullptr; 2678 llvm::Value *fp_offset_p = nullptr, *fp_offset = nullptr; 2679 if (neededInt) { 2680 gp_offset_p = CGF.Builder.CreateStructGEP(VAListAddr, 0, "gp_offset_p"); 2681 gp_offset = CGF.Builder.CreateLoad(gp_offset_p, "gp_offset"); 2682 InRegs = llvm::ConstantInt::get(CGF.Int32Ty, 48 - neededInt * 8); 2683 InRegs = CGF.Builder.CreateICmpULE(gp_offset, InRegs, "fits_in_gp"); 2684 } 2685 2686 if (neededSSE) { 2687 fp_offset_p = CGF.Builder.CreateStructGEP(VAListAddr, 1, "fp_offset_p"); 2688 fp_offset = CGF.Builder.CreateLoad(fp_offset_p, "fp_offset"); 2689 llvm::Value *FitsInFP = 2690 llvm::ConstantInt::get(CGF.Int32Ty, 176 - neededSSE * 16); 2691 FitsInFP = CGF.Builder.CreateICmpULE(fp_offset, FitsInFP, "fits_in_fp"); 2692 InRegs = InRegs ? CGF.Builder.CreateAnd(InRegs, FitsInFP) : FitsInFP; 2693 } 2694 2695 llvm::BasicBlock *InRegBlock = CGF.createBasicBlock("vaarg.in_reg"); 2696 llvm::BasicBlock *InMemBlock = CGF.createBasicBlock("vaarg.in_mem"); 2697 llvm::BasicBlock *ContBlock = CGF.createBasicBlock("vaarg.end"); 2698 CGF.Builder.CreateCondBr(InRegs, InRegBlock, InMemBlock); 2699 2700 // Emit code to load the value if it was passed in registers. 2701 2702 CGF.EmitBlock(InRegBlock); 2703 2704 // AMD64-ABI 3.5.7p5: Step 4. Fetch type from l->reg_save_area with 2705 // an offset of l->gp_offset and/or l->fp_offset. This may require 2706 // copying to a temporary location in case the parameter is passed 2707 // in different register classes or requires an alignment greater 2708 // than 8 for general purpose registers and 16 for XMM registers. 2709 // 2710 // FIXME: This really results in shameful code when we end up needing to 2711 // collect arguments from different places; often what should result in a 2712 // simple assembling of a structure from scattered addresses has many more 2713 // loads than necessary. Can we clean this up? 2714 llvm::Type *LTy = CGF.ConvertTypeForMem(Ty); 2715 llvm::Value *RegAddr = 2716 CGF.Builder.CreateLoad(CGF.Builder.CreateStructGEP(VAListAddr, 3), 2717 "reg_save_area"); 2718 if (neededInt && neededSSE) { 2719 // FIXME: Cleanup. 2720 assert(AI.isDirect() && "Unexpected ABI info for mixed regs"); 2721 llvm::StructType *ST = cast<llvm::StructType>(AI.getCoerceToType()); 2722 llvm::Value *Tmp = CGF.CreateMemTemp(Ty); 2723 Tmp = CGF.Builder.CreateBitCast(Tmp, ST->getPointerTo()); 2724 assert(ST->getNumElements() == 2 && "Unexpected ABI info for mixed regs"); 2725 llvm::Type *TyLo = ST->getElementType(0); 2726 llvm::Type *TyHi = ST->getElementType(1); 2727 assert((TyLo->isFPOrFPVectorTy() ^ TyHi->isFPOrFPVectorTy()) && 2728 "Unexpected ABI info for mixed regs"); 2729 llvm::Type *PTyLo = llvm::PointerType::getUnqual(TyLo); 2730 llvm::Type *PTyHi = llvm::PointerType::getUnqual(TyHi); 2731 llvm::Value *GPAddr = CGF.Builder.CreateGEP(RegAddr, gp_offset); 2732 llvm::Value *FPAddr = CGF.Builder.CreateGEP(RegAddr, fp_offset); 2733 llvm::Value *RegLoAddr = TyLo->isFPOrFPVectorTy() ? FPAddr : GPAddr; 2734 llvm::Value *RegHiAddr = TyLo->isFPOrFPVectorTy() ? GPAddr : FPAddr; 2735 llvm::Value *V = 2736 CGF.Builder.CreateLoad(CGF.Builder.CreateBitCast(RegLoAddr, PTyLo)); 2737 CGF.Builder.CreateStore(V, CGF.Builder.CreateStructGEP(Tmp, 0)); 2738 V = CGF.Builder.CreateLoad(CGF.Builder.CreateBitCast(RegHiAddr, PTyHi)); 2739 CGF.Builder.CreateStore(V, CGF.Builder.CreateStructGEP(Tmp, 1)); 2740 2741 RegAddr = CGF.Builder.CreateBitCast(Tmp, 2742 llvm::PointerType::getUnqual(LTy)); 2743 } else if (neededInt) { 2744 RegAddr = CGF.Builder.CreateGEP(RegAddr, gp_offset); 2745 RegAddr = CGF.Builder.CreateBitCast(RegAddr, 2746 llvm::PointerType::getUnqual(LTy)); 2747 2748 // Copy to a temporary if necessary to ensure the appropriate alignment. 2749 std::pair<CharUnits, CharUnits> SizeAlign = 2750 CGF.getContext().getTypeInfoInChars(Ty); 2751 uint64_t TySize = SizeAlign.first.getQuantity(); 2752 unsigned TyAlign = SizeAlign.second.getQuantity(); 2753 if (TyAlign > 8) { 2754 llvm::Value *Tmp = CGF.CreateMemTemp(Ty); 2755 CGF.Builder.CreateMemCpy(Tmp, RegAddr, TySize, 8, false); 2756 RegAddr = Tmp; 2757 } 2758 } else if (neededSSE == 1) { 2759 RegAddr = CGF.Builder.CreateGEP(RegAddr, fp_offset); 2760 RegAddr = CGF.Builder.CreateBitCast(RegAddr, 2761 llvm::PointerType::getUnqual(LTy)); 2762 } else { 2763 assert(neededSSE == 2 && "Invalid number of needed registers!"); 2764 // SSE registers are spaced 16 bytes apart in the register save 2765 // area, we need to collect the two eightbytes together. 2766 llvm::Value *RegAddrLo = CGF.Builder.CreateGEP(RegAddr, fp_offset); 2767 llvm::Value *RegAddrHi = CGF.Builder.CreateConstGEP1_32(RegAddrLo, 16); 2768 llvm::Type *DoubleTy = CGF.DoubleTy; 2769 llvm::Type *DblPtrTy = 2770 llvm::PointerType::getUnqual(DoubleTy); 2771 llvm::StructType *ST = llvm::StructType::get(DoubleTy, DoubleTy, NULL); 2772 llvm::Value *V, *Tmp = CGF.CreateMemTemp(Ty); 2773 Tmp = CGF.Builder.CreateBitCast(Tmp, ST->getPointerTo()); 2774 V = CGF.Builder.CreateLoad(CGF.Builder.CreateBitCast(RegAddrLo, 2775 DblPtrTy)); 2776 CGF.Builder.CreateStore(V, CGF.Builder.CreateStructGEP(Tmp, 0)); 2777 V = CGF.Builder.CreateLoad(CGF.Builder.CreateBitCast(RegAddrHi, 2778 DblPtrTy)); 2779 CGF.Builder.CreateStore(V, CGF.Builder.CreateStructGEP(Tmp, 1)); 2780 RegAddr = CGF.Builder.CreateBitCast(Tmp, 2781 llvm::PointerType::getUnqual(LTy)); 2782 } 2783 2784 // AMD64-ABI 3.5.7p5: Step 5. Set: 2785 // l->gp_offset = l->gp_offset + num_gp * 8 2786 // l->fp_offset = l->fp_offset + num_fp * 16. 2787 if (neededInt) { 2788 llvm::Value *Offset = llvm::ConstantInt::get(CGF.Int32Ty, neededInt * 8); 2789 CGF.Builder.CreateStore(CGF.Builder.CreateAdd(gp_offset, Offset), 2790 gp_offset_p); 2791 } 2792 if (neededSSE) { 2793 llvm::Value *Offset = llvm::ConstantInt::get(CGF.Int32Ty, neededSSE * 16); 2794 CGF.Builder.CreateStore(CGF.Builder.CreateAdd(fp_offset, Offset), 2795 fp_offset_p); 2796 } 2797 CGF.EmitBranch(ContBlock); 2798 2799 // Emit code to load the value if it was passed in memory. 2800 2801 CGF.EmitBlock(InMemBlock); 2802 llvm::Value *MemAddr = EmitVAArgFromMemory(VAListAddr, Ty, CGF); 2803 2804 // Return the appropriate result. 2805 2806 CGF.EmitBlock(ContBlock); 2807 llvm::PHINode *ResAddr = CGF.Builder.CreatePHI(RegAddr->getType(), 2, 2808 "vaarg.addr"); 2809 ResAddr->addIncoming(RegAddr, InRegBlock); 2810 ResAddr->addIncoming(MemAddr, InMemBlock); 2811 return ResAddr; 2812 } 2813 2814 ABIArgInfo WinX86_64ABIInfo::classify(QualType Ty, bool IsReturnType) const { 2815 2816 if (Ty->isVoidType()) 2817 return ABIArgInfo::getIgnore(); 2818 2819 if (const EnumType *EnumTy = Ty->getAs<EnumType>()) 2820 Ty = EnumTy->getDecl()->getIntegerType(); 2821 2822 uint64_t Size = getContext().getTypeSize(Ty); 2823 2824 const RecordType *RT = Ty->getAs<RecordType>(); 2825 if (RT) { 2826 if (!IsReturnType) { 2827 if (CGCXXABI::RecordArgABI RAA = getRecordArgABI(RT, getCXXABI())) 2828 return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(0, RAA == CGCXXABI::RAA_DirectInMemory); 2829 } 2830 2831 if (RT->getDecl()->hasFlexibleArrayMember()) 2832 return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(0, /*ByVal=*/false); 2833 2834 // FIXME: mingw-w64-gcc emits 128-bit struct as i128 2835 if (Size == 128 && getTarget().getTriple().isWindowsGNUEnvironment()) 2836 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(llvm::IntegerType::get(getVMContext(), 2837 Size)); 2838 } 2839 2840 if (Ty->isMemberPointerType()) { 2841 // If the member pointer is represented by an LLVM int or ptr, pass it 2842 // directly. 2843 llvm::Type *LLTy = CGT.ConvertType(Ty); 2844 if (LLTy->isPointerTy() || LLTy->isIntegerTy()) 2845 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(); 2846 } 2847 2848 if (RT || Ty->isMemberPointerType()) { 2849 // MS x64 ABI requirement: "Any argument that doesn't fit in 8 bytes, or is 2850 // not 1, 2, 4, or 8 bytes, must be passed by reference." 2851 if (Size > 64 || !llvm::isPowerOf2_64(Size)) 2852 return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(0, /*ByVal=*/false); 2853 2854 // Otherwise, coerce it to a small integer. 2855 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(llvm::IntegerType::get(getVMContext(), Size)); 2856 } 2857 2858 // Bool type is always extended to the ABI, other builtin types are not 2859 // extended. 2860 const BuiltinType *BT = Ty->getAs<BuiltinType>(); 2861 if (BT && BT->getKind() == BuiltinType::Bool) 2862 return ABIArgInfo::getExtend(); 2863 2864 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(); 2865 } 2866 2867 void WinX86_64ABIInfo::computeInfo(CGFunctionInfo &FI) const { 2868 if (!getCXXABI().classifyReturnType(FI)) 2869 FI.getReturnInfo() = classify(FI.getReturnType(), true); 2870 2871 for (auto &I : FI.arguments()) 2872 I.info = classify(I.type, false); 2873 } 2874 2875 llvm::Value *WinX86_64ABIInfo::EmitVAArg(llvm::Value *VAListAddr, QualType Ty, 2876 CodeGenFunction &CGF) const { 2877 llvm::Type *BPP = CGF.Int8PtrPtrTy; 2878 2879 CGBuilderTy &Builder = CGF.Builder; 2880 llvm::Value *VAListAddrAsBPP = Builder.CreateBitCast(VAListAddr, BPP, 2881 "ap"); 2882 llvm::Value *Addr = Builder.CreateLoad(VAListAddrAsBPP, "ap.cur"); 2883 llvm::Type *PTy = 2884 llvm::PointerType::getUnqual(CGF.ConvertType(Ty)); 2885 llvm::Value *AddrTyped = Builder.CreateBitCast(Addr, PTy); 2886 2887 uint64_t Offset = 2888 llvm::RoundUpToAlignment(CGF.getContext().getTypeSize(Ty) / 8, 8); 2889 llvm::Value *NextAddr = 2890 Builder.CreateGEP(Addr, llvm::ConstantInt::get(CGF.Int32Ty, Offset), 2891 "ap.next"); 2892 Builder.CreateStore(NextAddr, VAListAddrAsBPP); 2893 2894 return AddrTyped; 2895 } 2896 2897 namespace { 2898 2899 class NaClX86_64ABIInfo : public ABIInfo { 2900 public: 2901 NaClX86_64ABIInfo(CodeGen::CodeGenTypes &CGT, bool HasAVX) 2902 : ABIInfo(CGT), PInfo(CGT), NInfo(CGT, HasAVX) {} 2903 void computeInfo(CGFunctionInfo &FI) const override; 2904 llvm::Value *EmitVAArg(llvm::Value *VAListAddr, QualType Ty, 2905 CodeGenFunction &CGF) const override; 2906 private: 2907 PNaClABIInfo PInfo; // Used for generating calls with pnaclcall callingconv. 2908 X86_64ABIInfo NInfo; // Used for everything else. 2909 }; 2910 2911 class NaClX86_64TargetCodeGenInfo : public TargetCodeGenInfo { 2912 public: 2913 NaClX86_64TargetCodeGenInfo(CodeGen::CodeGenTypes &CGT, bool HasAVX) 2914 : TargetCodeGenInfo(new NaClX86_64ABIInfo(CGT, HasAVX)) {} 2915 }; 2916 2917 } 2918 2919 void NaClX86_64ABIInfo::computeInfo(CGFunctionInfo &FI) const { 2920 if (FI.getASTCallingConvention() == CC_PnaclCall) 2921 PInfo.computeInfo(FI); 2922 else 2923 NInfo.computeInfo(FI); 2924 } 2925 2926 llvm::Value *NaClX86_64ABIInfo::EmitVAArg(llvm::Value *VAListAddr, QualType Ty, 2927 CodeGenFunction &CGF) const { 2928 // Always use the native convention; calling pnacl-style varargs functions 2929 // is unuspported. 2930 return NInfo.EmitVAArg(VAListAddr, Ty, CGF); 2931 } 2932 2933 2934 // PowerPC-32 2935 2936 namespace { 2937 class PPC32TargetCodeGenInfo : public DefaultTargetCodeGenInfo { 2938 public: 2939 PPC32TargetCodeGenInfo(CodeGenTypes &CGT) : DefaultTargetCodeGenInfo(CGT) {} 2940 2941 int getDwarfEHStackPointer(CodeGen::CodeGenModule &M) const override { 2942 // This is recovered from gcc output. 2943 return 1; // r1 is the dedicated stack pointer 2944 } 2945 2946 bool initDwarfEHRegSizeTable(CodeGen::CodeGenFunction &CGF, 2947 llvm::Value *Address) const override; 2948 }; 2949 2950 } 2951 2952 bool 2953 PPC32TargetCodeGenInfo::initDwarfEHRegSizeTable(CodeGen::CodeGenFunction &CGF, 2954 llvm::Value *Address) const { 2955 // This is calculated from the LLVM and GCC tables and verified 2956 // against gcc output. AFAIK all ABIs use the same encoding. 2957 2958 CodeGen::CGBuilderTy &Builder = CGF.Builder; 2959 2960 llvm::IntegerType *i8 = CGF.Int8Ty; 2961 llvm::Value *Four8 = llvm::ConstantInt::get(i8, 4); 2962 llvm::Value *Eight8 = llvm::ConstantInt::get(i8, 8); 2963 llvm::Value *Sixteen8 = llvm::ConstantInt::get(i8, 16); 2964 2965 // 0-31: r0-31, the 4-byte general-purpose registers 2966 AssignToArrayRange(Builder, Address, Four8, 0, 31); 2967 2968 // 32-63: fp0-31, the 8-byte floating-point registers 2969 AssignToArrayRange(Builder, Address, Eight8, 32, 63); 2970 2971 // 64-76 are various 4-byte special-purpose registers: 2972 // 64: mq 2973 // 65: lr 2974 // 66: ctr 2975 // 67: ap 2976 // 68-75 cr0-7 2977 // 76: xer 2978 AssignToArrayRange(Builder, Address, Four8, 64, 76); 2979 2980 // 77-108: v0-31, the 16-byte vector registers 2981 AssignToArrayRange(Builder, Address, Sixteen8, 77, 108); 2982 2983 // 109: vrsave 2984 // 110: vscr 2985 // 111: spe_acc 2986 // 112: spefscr 2987 // 113: sfp 2988 AssignToArrayRange(Builder, Address, Four8, 109, 113); 2989 2990 return false; 2991 } 2992 2993 // PowerPC-64 2994 2995 namespace { 2996 /// PPC64_SVR4_ABIInfo - The 64-bit PowerPC ELF (SVR4) ABI information. 2997 class PPC64_SVR4_ABIInfo : public DefaultABIInfo { 2998 public: 2999 enum ABIKind { 3000 ELFv1 = 0, 3001 ELFv2 3002 }; 3003 3004 private: 3005 static const unsigned GPRBits = 64; 3006 ABIKind Kind; 3007 3008 public: 3009 PPC64_SVR4_ABIInfo(CodeGen::CodeGenTypes &CGT, ABIKind Kind) 3010 : DefaultABIInfo(CGT), Kind(Kind) {} 3011 3012 bool isPromotableTypeForABI(QualType Ty) const; 3013 bool isAlignedParamType(QualType Ty) const; 3014 bool isHomogeneousAggregate(QualType Ty, const Type *&Base, 3015 uint64_t &Members) const; 3016 3017 ABIArgInfo classifyReturnType(QualType RetTy) const; 3018 ABIArgInfo classifyArgumentType(QualType Ty) const; 3019 3020 // TODO: We can add more logic to computeInfo to improve performance. 3021 // Example: For aggregate arguments that fit in a register, we could 3022 // use getDirectInReg (as is done below for structs containing a single 3023 // floating-point value) to avoid pushing them to memory on function 3024 // entry. This would require changing the logic in PPCISelLowering 3025 // when lowering the parameters in the caller and args in the callee. 3026 void computeInfo(CGFunctionInfo &FI) const override { 3027 if (!getCXXABI().classifyReturnType(FI)) 3028 FI.getReturnInfo() = classifyReturnType(FI.getReturnType()); 3029 for (auto &I : FI.arguments()) { 3030 // We rely on the default argument classification for the most part. 3031 // One exception: An aggregate containing a single floating-point 3032 // or vector item must be passed in a register if one is available. 3033 const Type *T = isSingleElementStruct(I.type, getContext()); 3034 if (T) { 3035 const BuiltinType *BT = T->getAs<BuiltinType>(); 3036 if ((T->isVectorType() && getContext().getTypeSize(T) == 128) || 3037 (BT && BT->isFloatingPoint())) { 3038 QualType QT(T, 0); 3039 I.info = ABIArgInfo::getDirectInReg(CGT.ConvertType(QT)); 3040 continue; 3041 } 3042 } 3043 I.info = classifyArgumentType(I.type); 3044 } 3045 } 3046 3047 llvm::Value *EmitVAArg(llvm::Value *VAListAddr, QualType Ty, 3048 CodeGenFunction &CGF) const override; 3049 }; 3050 3051 class PPC64_SVR4_TargetCodeGenInfo : public TargetCodeGenInfo { 3052 public: 3053 PPC64_SVR4_TargetCodeGenInfo(CodeGenTypes &CGT, 3054 PPC64_SVR4_ABIInfo::ABIKind Kind) 3055 : TargetCodeGenInfo(new PPC64_SVR4_ABIInfo(CGT, Kind)) {} 3056 3057 int getDwarfEHStackPointer(CodeGen::CodeGenModule &M) const override { 3058 // This is recovered from gcc output. 3059 return 1; // r1 is the dedicated stack pointer 3060 } 3061 3062 bool initDwarfEHRegSizeTable(CodeGen::CodeGenFunction &CGF, 3063 llvm::Value *Address) const override; 3064 }; 3065 3066 class PPC64TargetCodeGenInfo : public DefaultTargetCodeGenInfo { 3067 public: 3068 PPC64TargetCodeGenInfo(CodeGenTypes &CGT) : DefaultTargetCodeGenInfo(CGT) {} 3069 3070 int getDwarfEHStackPointer(CodeGen::CodeGenModule &M) const override { 3071 // This is recovered from gcc output. 3072 return 1; // r1 is the dedicated stack pointer 3073 } 3074 3075 bool initDwarfEHRegSizeTable(CodeGen::CodeGenFunction &CGF, 3076 llvm::Value *Address) const override; 3077 }; 3078 3079 } 3080 3081 // Return true if the ABI requires Ty to be passed sign- or zero- 3082 // extended to 64 bits. 3083 bool 3084 PPC64_SVR4_ABIInfo::isPromotableTypeForABI(QualType Ty) const { 3085 // Treat an enum type as its underlying type. 3086 if (const EnumType *EnumTy = Ty->getAs<EnumType>()) 3087 Ty = EnumTy->getDecl()->getIntegerType(); 3088 3089 // Promotable integer types are required to be promoted by the ABI. 3090 if (Ty->isPromotableIntegerType()) 3091 return true; 3092 3093 // In addition to the usual promotable integer types, we also need to 3094 // extend all 32-bit types, since the ABI requires promotion to 64 bits. 3095 if (const BuiltinType *BT = Ty->getAs<BuiltinType>()) 3096 switch (BT->getKind()) { 3097 case BuiltinType::Int: 3098 case BuiltinType::UInt: 3099 return true; 3100 default: 3101 break; 3102 } 3103 3104 return false; 3105 } 3106 3107 /// isAlignedParamType - Determine whether a type requires 16-byte 3108 /// alignment in the parameter area. 3109 bool 3110 PPC64_SVR4_ABIInfo::isAlignedParamType(QualType Ty) const { 3111 // Complex types are passed just like their elements. 3112 if (const ComplexType *CTy = Ty->getAs<ComplexType>()) 3113 Ty = CTy->getElementType(); 3114 3115 // Only vector types of size 16 bytes need alignment (larger types are 3116 // passed via reference, smaller types are not aligned). 3117 if (Ty->isVectorType()) 3118 return getContext().getTypeSize(Ty) == 128; 3119 3120 // For single-element float/vector structs, we consider the whole type 3121 // to have the same alignment requirements as its single element. 3122 const Type *AlignAsType = nullptr; 3123 const Type *EltType = isSingleElementStruct(Ty, getContext()); 3124 if (EltType) { 3125 const BuiltinType *BT = EltType->getAs<BuiltinType>(); 3126 if ((EltType->isVectorType() && 3127 getContext().getTypeSize(EltType) == 128) || 3128 (BT && BT->isFloatingPoint())) 3129 AlignAsType = EltType; 3130 } 3131 3132 // Likewise for ELFv2 homogeneous aggregates. 3133 const Type *Base = nullptr; 3134 uint64_t Members = 0; 3135 if (!AlignAsType && Kind == ELFv2 && 3136 isAggregateTypeForABI(Ty) && isHomogeneousAggregate(Ty, Base, Members)) 3137 AlignAsType = Base; 3138 3139 // With special case aggregates, only vector base types need alignment. 3140 if (AlignAsType) 3141 return AlignAsType->isVectorType(); 3142 3143 // Otherwise, we only need alignment for any aggregate type that 3144 // has an alignment requirement of >= 16 bytes. 3145 if (isAggregateTypeForABI(Ty) && getContext().getTypeAlign(Ty) >= 128) 3146 return true; 3147 3148 return false; 3149 } 3150 3151 /// isHomogeneousAggregate - Return true if a type is an ELFv2 homogeneous 3152 /// aggregate. Base is set to the base element type, and Members is set 3153 /// to the number of base elements. 3154 bool 3155 PPC64_SVR4_ABIInfo::isHomogeneousAggregate(QualType Ty, const Type *&Base, 3156 uint64_t &Members) const { 3157 if (const ConstantArrayType *AT = getContext().getAsConstantArrayType(Ty)) { 3158 uint64_t NElements = AT->getSize().getZExtValue(); 3159 if (NElements == 0) 3160 return false; 3161 if (!isHomogeneousAggregate(AT->getElementType(), Base, Members)) 3162 return false; 3163 Members *= NElements; 3164 } else if (const RecordType *RT = Ty->getAs<RecordType>()) { 3165 const RecordDecl *RD = RT->getDecl(); 3166 if (RD->hasFlexibleArrayMember()) 3167 return false; 3168 3169 Members = 0; 3170 for (const auto *FD : RD->fields()) { 3171 // Ignore (non-zero arrays of) empty records. 3172 QualType FT = FD->getType(); 3173 while (const ConstantArrayType *AT = 3174 getContext().getAsConstantArrayType(FT)) { 3175 if (AT->getSize().getZExtValue() == 0) 3176 return false; 3177 FT = AT->getElementType(); 3178 } 3179 if (isEmptyRecord(getContext(), FT, true)) 3180 continue; 3181 3182 // For compatibility with GCC, ignore empty bitfields in C++ mode. 3183 if (getContext().getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 3184 FD->isBitField() && FD->getBitWidthValue(getContext()) == 0) 3185 continue; 3186 3187 uint64_t FldMembers; 3188 if (!isHomogeneousAggregate(FD->getType(), Base, FldMembers)) 3189 return false; 3190 3191 Members = (RD->isUnion() ? 3192 std::max(Members, FldMembers) : Members + FldMembers); 3193 } 3194 3195 if (!Base) 3196 return false; 3197 3198 // Ensure there is no padding. 3199 if (getContext().getTypeSize(Base) * Members != 3200 getContext().getTypeSize(Ty)) 3201 return false; 3202 } else { 3203 Members = 1; 3204 if (const ComplexType *CT = Ty->getAs<ComplexType>()) { 3205 Members = 2; 3206 Ty = CT->getElementType(); 3207 } 3208 3209 // Homogeneous aggregates for ELFv2 must have base types of float, 3210 // double, long double, or 128-bit vectors. 3211 if (const BuiltinType *BT = Ty->getAs<BuiltinType>()) { 3212 if (BT->getKind() != BuiltinType::Float && 3213 BT->getKind() != BuiltinType::Double && 3214 BT->getKind() != BuiltinType::LongDouble) 3215 return false; 3216 } else if (const VectorType *VT = Ty->getAs<VectorType>()) { 3217 if (getContext().getTypeSize(VT) != 128) 3218 return false; 3219 } else { 3220 return false; 3221 } 3222 3223 // The base type must be the same for all members. Types that 3224 // agree in both total size and mode (float vs. vector) are 3225 // treated as being equivalent here. 3226 const Type *TyPtr = Ty.getTypePtr(); 3227 if (!Base) 3228 Base = TyPtr; 3229 3230 if (Base->isVectorType() != TyPtr->isVectorType() || 3231 getContext().getTypeSize(Base) != getContext().getTypeSize(TyPtr)) 3232 return false; 3233 } 3234 3235 // Vector types require one register, floating point types require one 3236 // or two registers depending on their size. 3237 uint32_t NumRegs = Base->isVectorType() ? 1 : 3238 (getContext().getTypeSize(Base) + 63) / 64; 3239 3240 // Homogeneous Aggregates may occupy at most 8 registers. 3241 return (Members > 0 && Members * NumRegs <= 8); 3242 } 3243 3244 ABIArgInfo 3245 PPC64_SVR4_ABIInfo::classifyArgumentType(QualType Ty) const { 3246 if (Ty->isAnyComplexType()) 3247 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(); 3248 3249 // Non-Altivec vector types are passed in GPRs (smaller than 16 bytes) 3250 // or via reference (larger than 16 bytes). 3251 if (Ty->isVectorType()) { 3252 uint64_t Size = getContext().getTypeSize(Ty); 3253 if (Size > 128) 3254 return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(0, /*ByVal=*/false); 3255 else if (Size < 128) { 3256 llvm::Type *CoerceTy = llvm::IntegerType::get(getVMContext(), Size); 3257 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(CoerceTy); 3258 } 3259 } 3260 3261 if (isAggregateTypeForABI(Ty)) { 3262 if (CGCXXABI::RecordArgABI RAA = getRecordArgABI(Ty, getCXXABI())) 3263 return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(0, RAA == CGCXXABI::RAA_DirectInMemory); 3264 3265 uint64_t ABIAlign = isAlignedParamType(Ty)? 16 : 8; 3266 uint64_t TyAlign = getContext().getTypeAlign(Ty) / 8; 3267 3268 // ELFv2 homogeneous aggregates are passed as array types. 3269 const Type *Base = nullptr; 3270 uint64_t Members = 0; 3271 if (Kind == ELFv2 && 3272 isHomogeneousAggregate(Ty, Base, Members)) { 3273 llvm::Type *BaseTy = CGT.ConvertType(QualType(Base, 0)); 3274 llvm::Type *CoerceTy = llvm::ArrayType::get(BaseTy, Members); 3275 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(CoerceTy); 3276 } 3277 3278 // If an aggregate may end up fully in registers, we do not 3279 // use the ByVal method, but pass the aggregate as array. 3280 // This is usually beneficial since we avoid forcing the 3281 // back-end to store the argument to memory. 3282 uint64_t Bits = getContext().getTypeSize(Ty); 3283 if (Bits > 0 && Bits <= 8 * GPRBits) { 3284 llvm::Type *CoerceTy; 3285 3286 // Types up to 8 bytes are passed as integer type (which will be 3287 // properly aligned in the argument save area doubleword). 3288 if (Bits <= GPRBits) 3289 CoerceTy = llvm::IntegerType::get(getVMContext(), 3290 llvm::RoundUpToAlignment(Bits, 8)); 3291 // Larger types are passed as arrays, with the base type selected 3292 // according to the required alignment in the save area. 3293 else { 3294 uint64_t RegBits = ABIAlign * 8; 3295 uint64_t NumRegs = llvm::RoundUpToAlignment(Bits, RegBits) / RegBits; 3296 llvm::Type *RegTy = llvm::IntegerType::get(getVMContext(), RegBits); 3297 CoerceTy = llvm::ArrayType::get(RegTy, NumRegs); 3298 } 3299 3300 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(CoerceTy); 3301 } 3302 3303 // All other aggregates are passed ByVal. 3304 return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(ABIAlign, /*ByVal=*/true, 3305 /*Realign=*/TyAlign > ABIAlign); 3306 } 3307 3308 return (isPromotableTypeForABI(Ty) ? 3309 ABIArgInfo::getExtend() : ABIArgInfo::getDirect()); 3310 } 3311 3312 ABIArgInfo 3313 PPC64_SVR4_ABIInfo::classifyReturnType(QualType RetTy) const { 3314 if (RetTy->isVoidType()) 3315 return ABIArgInfo::getIgnore(); 3316 3317 if (RetTy->isAnyComplexType()) 3318 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(); 3319 3320 // Non-Altivec vector types are returned in GPRs (smaller than 16 bytes) 3321 // or via reference (larger than 16 bytes). 3322 if (RetTy->isVectorType()) { 3323 uint64_t Size = getContext().getTypeSize(RetTy); 3324 if (Size > 128) 3325 return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(0); 3326 else if (Size < 128) { 3327 llvm::Type *CoerceTy = llvm::IntegerType::get(getVMContext(), Size); 3328 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(CoerceTy); 3329 } 3330 } 3331 3332 if (isAggregateTypeForABI(RetTy)) { 3333 // ELFv2 homogeneous aggregates are returned as array types. 3334 const Type *Base = nullptr; 3335 uint64_t Members = 0; 3336 if (Kind == ELFv2 && 3337 isHomogeneousAggregate(RetTy, Base, Members)) { 3338 llvm::Type *BaseTy = CGT.ConvertType(QualType(Base, 0)); 3339 llvm::Type *CoerceTy = llvm::ArrayType::get(BaseTy, Members); 3340 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(CoerceTy); 3341 } 3342 3343 // ELFv2 small aggregates are returned in up to two registers. 3344 uint64_t Bits = getContext().getTypeSize(RetTy); 3345 if (Kind == ELFv2 && Bits <= 2 * GPRBits) { 3346 if (Bits == 0) 3347 return ABIArgInfo::getIgnore(); 3348 3349 llvm::Type *CoerceTy; 3350 if (Bits > GPRBits) { 3351 CoerceTy = llvm::IntegerType::get(getVMContext(), GPRBits); 3352 CoerceTy = llvm::StructType::get(CoerceTy, CoerceTy, NULL); 3353 } else 3354 CoerceTy = llvm::IntegerType::get(getVMContext(), 3355 llvm::RoundUpToAlignment(Bits, 8)); 3356 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(CoerceTy); 3357 } 3358 3359 // All other aggregates are returned indirectly. 3360 return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(0); 3361 } 3362 3363 return (isPromotableTypeForABI(RetTy) ? 3364 ABIArgInfo::getExtend() : ABIArgInfo::getDirect()); 3365 } 3366 3367 // Based on ARMABIInfo::EmitVAArg, adjusted for 64-bit machine. 3368 llvm::Value *PPC64_SVR4_ABIInfo::EmitVAArg(llvm::Value *VAListAddr, 3369 QualType Ty, 3370 CodeGenFunction &CGF) const { 3371 llvm::Type *BP = CGF.Int8PtrTy; 3372 llvm::Type *BPP = CGF.Int8PtrPtrTy; 3373 3374 CGBuilderTy &Builder = CGF.Builder; 3375 llvm::Value *VAListAddrAsBPP = Builder.CreateBitCast(VAListAddr, BPP, "ap"); 3376 llvm::Value *Addr = Builder.CreateLoad(VAListAddrAsBPP, "ap.cur"); 3377 3378 // Handle types that require 16-byte alignment in the parameter save area. 3379 if (isAlignedParamType(Ty)) { 3380 llvm::Value *AddrAsInt = Builder.CreatePtrToInt(Addr, CGF.Int64Ty); 3381 AddrAsInt = Builder.CreateAdd(AddrAsInt, Builder.getInt64(15)); 3382 AddrAsInt = Builder.CreateAnd(AddrAsInt, Builder.getInt64(-16)); 3383 Addr = Builder.CreateIntToPtr(AddrAsInt, BP, "ap.align"); 3384 } 3385 3386 // Update the va_list pointer. The pointer should be bumped by the 3387 // size of the object. We can trust getTypeSize() except for a complex 3388 // type whose base type is smaller than a doubleword. For these, the 3389 // size of the object is 16 bytes; see below for further explanation. 3390 unsigned SizeInBytes = CGF.getContext().getTypeSize(Ty) / 8; 3391 QualType BaseTy; 3392 unsigned CplxBaseSize = 0; 3393 3394 if (const ComplexType *CTy = Ty->getAs<ComplexType>()) { 3395 BaseTy = CTy->getElementType(); 3396 CplxBaseSize = CGF.getContext().getTypeSize(BaseTy) / 8; 3397 if (CplxBaseSize < 8) 3398 SizeInBytes = 16; 3399 } 3400 3401 unsigned Offset = llvm::RoundUpToAlignment(SizeInBytes, 8); 3402 llvm::Value *NextAddr = 3403 Builder.CreateGEP(Addr, llvm::ConstantInt::get(CGF.Int64Ty, Offset), 3404 "ap.next"); 3405 Builder.CreateStore(NextAddr, VAListAddrAsBPP); 3406 3407 // If we have a complex type and the base type is smaller than 8 bytes, 3408 // the ABI calls for the real and imaginary parts to be right-adjusted 3409 // in separate doublewords. However, Clang expects us to produce a 3410 // pointer to a structure with the two parts packed tightly. So generate 3411 // loads of the real and imaginary parts relative to the va_list pointer, 3412 // and store them to a temporary structure. 3413 if (CplxBaseSize && CplxBaseSize < 8) { 3414 llvm::Value *RealAddr = Builder.CreatePtrToInt(Addr, CGF.Int64Ty); 3415 llvm::Value *ImagAddr = RealAddr; 3416 if (CGF.CGM.getDataLayout().isBigEndian()) { 3417 RealAddr = Builder.CreateAdd(RealAddr, Builder.getInt64(8 - CplxBaseSize)); 3418 ImagAddr = Builder.CreateAdd(ImagAddr, Builder.getInt64(16 - CplxBaseSize)); 3419 } else { 3420 ImagAddr = Builder.CreateAdd(ImagAddr, Builder.getInt64(8)); 3421 } 3422 llvm::Type *PBaseTy = llvm::PointerType::getUnqual(CGF.ConvertType(BaseTy)); 3423 RealAddr = Builder.CreateIntToPtr(RealAddr, PBaseTy); 3424 ImagAddr = Builder.CreateIntToPtr(ImagAddr, PBaseTy); 3425 llvm::Value *Real = Builder.CreateLoad(RealAddr, false, ".vareal"); 3426 llvm::Value *Imag = Builder.CreateLoad(ImagAddr, false, ".vaimag"); 3427 llvm::Value *Ptr = CGF.CreateTempAlloca(CGT.ConvertTypeForMem(Ty), 3428 "vacplx"); 3429 llvm::Value *RealPtr = Builder.CreateStructGEP(Ptr, 0, ".real"); 3430 llvm::Value *ImagPtr = Builder.CreateStructGEP(Ptr, 1, ".imag"); 3431 Builder.CreateStore(Real, RealPtr, false); 3432 Builder.CreateStore(Imag, ImagPtr, false); 3433 return Ptr; 3434 } 3435 3436 // If the argument is smaller than 8 bytes, it is right-adjusted in 3437 // its doubleword slot. Adjust the pointer to pick it up from the 3438 // correct offset. 3439 if (SizeInBytes < 8 && CGF.CGM.getDataLayout().isBigEndian()) { 3440 llvm::Value *AddrAsInt = Builder.CreatePtrToInt(Addr, CGF.Int64Ty); 3441 AddrAsInt = Builder.CreateAdd(AddrAsInt, Builder.getInt64(8 - SizeInBytes)); 3442 Addr = Builder.CreateIntToPtr(AddrAsInt, BP); 3443 } 3444 3445 llvm::Type *PTy = llvm::PointerType::getUnqual(CGF.ConvertType(Ty)); 3446 return Builder.CreateBitCast(Addr, PTy); 3447 } 3448 3449 static bool 3450 PPC64_initDwarfEHRegSizeTable(CodeGen::CodeGenFunction &CGF, 3451 llvm::Value *Address) { 3452 // This is calculated from the LLVM and GCC tables and verified 3453 // against gcc output. AFAIK all ABIs use the same encoding. 3454 3455 CodeGen::CGBuilderTy &Builder = CGF.Builder; 3456 3457 llvm::IntegerType *i8 = CGF.Int8Ty; 3458 llvm::Value *Four8 = llvm::ConstantInt::get(i8, 4); 3459 llvm::Value *Eight8 = llvm::ConstantInt::get(i8, 8); 3460 llvm::Value *Sixteen8 = llvm::ConstantInt::get(i8, 16); 3461 3462 // 0-31: r0-31, the 8-byte general-purpose registers 3463 AssignToArrayRange(Builder, Address, Eight8, 0, 31); 3464 3465 // 32-63: fp0-31, the 8-byte floating-point registers 3466 AssignToArrayRange(Builder, Address, Eight8, 32, 63); 3467 3468 // 64-76 are various 4-byte special-purpose registers: 3469 // 64: mq 3470 // 65: lr 3471 // 66: ctr 3472 // 67: ap 3473 // 68-75 cr0-7 3474 // 76: xer 3475 AssignToArrayRange(Builder, Address, Four8, 64, 76); 3476 3477 // 77-108: v0-31, the 16-byte vector registers 3478 AssignToArrayRange(Builder, Address, Sixteen8, 77, 108); 3479 3480 // 109: vrsave 3481 // 110: vscr 3482 // 111: spe_acc 3483 // 112: spefscr 3484 // 113: sfp 3485 AssignToArrayRange(Builder, Address, Four8, 109, 113); 3486 3487 return false; 3488 } 3489 3490 bool 3491 PPC64_SVR4_TargetCodeGenInfo::initDwarfEHRegSizeTable( 3492 CodeGen::CodeGenFunction &CGF, 3493 llvm::Value *Address) const { 3494 3495 return PPC64_initDwarfEHRegSizeTable(CGF, Address); 3496 } 3497 3498 bool 3499 PPC64TargetCodeGenInfo::initDwarfEHRegSizeTable(CodeGen::CodeGenFunction &CGF, 3500 llvm::Value *Address) const { 3501 3502 return PPC64_initDwarfEHRegSizeTable(CGF, Address); 3503 } 3504 3505 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// 3506 // AArch64 ABI Implementation 3507 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// 3508 3509 namespace { 3510 3511 class AArch64ABIInfo : public ABIInfo { 3512 public: 3513 enum ABIKind { 3514 AAPCS = 0, 3515 DarwinPCS 3516 }; 3517 3518 private: 3519 ABIKind Kind; 3520 3521 public: 3522 AArch64ABIInfo(CodeGenTypes &CGT, ABIKind Kind) : ABIInfo(CGT), Kind(Kind) {} 3523 3524 private: 3525 ABIKind getABIKind() const { return Kind; } 3526 bool isDarwinPCS() const { return Kind == DarwinPCS; } 3527 3528 ABIArgInfo classifyReturnType(QualType RetTy) const; 3529 ABIArgInfo classifyArgumentType(QualType RetTy, unsigned &AllocatedVFP, 3530 bool &IsHA, unsigned &AllocatedGPR, 3531 bool &IsSmallAggr, bool IsNamedArg) const; 3532 bool isIllegalVectorType(QualType Ty) const; 3533 3534 virtual void computeInfo(CGFunctionInfo &FI) const { 3535 // To correctly handle Homogeneous Aggregate, we need to keep track of the 3536 // number of SIMD and Floating-point registers allocated so far. 3537 // If the argument is an HFA or an HVA and there are sufficient unallocated 3538 // SIMD and Floating-point registers, then the argument is allocated to SIMD 3539 // and Floating-point Registers (with one register per member of the HFA or 3540 // HVA). Otherwise, the NSRN is set to 8. 3541 unsigned AllocatedVFP = 0; 3542 3543 // To correctly handle small aggregates, we need to keep track of the number 3544 // of GPRs allocated so far. If the small aggregate can't all fit into 3545 // registers, it will be on stack. We don't allow the aggregate to be 3546 // partially in registers. 3547 unsigned AllocatedGPR = 0; 3548 3549 // Find the number of named arguments. Variadic arguments get special 3550 // treatment with the Darwin ABI. 3551 unsigned NumRequiredArgs = FI.getNumRequiredArgs(); 3552 3553 if (!getCXXABI().classifyReturnType(FI)) 3554 FI.getReturnInfo() = classifyReturnType(FI.getReturnType()); 3555 unsigned ArgNo = 0; 3556 for (CGFunctionInfo::arg_iterator it = FI.arg_begin(), ie = FI.arg_end(); 3557 it != ie; ++it, ++ArgNo) { 3558 unsigned PreAllocation = AllocatedVFP, PreGPR = AllocatedGPR; 3559 bool IsHA = false, IsSmallAggr = false; 3560 const unsigned NumVFPs = 8; 3561 const unsigned NumGPRs = 8; 3562 bool IsNamedArg = ArgNo < NumRequiredArgs; 3563 it->info = classifyArgumentType(it->type, AllocatedVFP, IsHA, 3564 AllocatedGPR, IsSmallAggr, IsNamedArg); 3565 3566 // Under AAPCS the 64-bit stack slot alignment means we can't pass HAs 3567 // as sequences of floats since they'll get "holes" inserted as 3568 // padding by the back end. 3569 if (IsHA && AllocatedVFP > NumVFPs && !isDarwinPCS() && 3570 getContext().getTypeAlign(it->type) < 64) { 3571 uint32_t NumStackSlots = getContext().getTypeSize(it->type); 3572 NumStackSlots = llvm::RoundUpToAlignment(NumStackSlots, 64) / 64; 3573 3574 llvm::Type *CoerceTy = llvm::ArrayType::get( 3575 llvm::Type::getDoubleTy(getVMContext()), NumStackSlots); 3576 it->info = ABIArgInfo::getDirect(CoerceTy); 3577 } 3578 3579 // If we do not have enough VFP registers for the HA, any VFP registers 3580 // that are unallocated are marked as unavailable. To achieve this, we add 3581 // padding of (NumVFPs - PreAllocation) floats. 3582 if (IsHA && AllocatedVFP > NumVFPs && PreAllocation < NumVFPs) { 3583 llvm::Type *PaddingTy = llvm::ArrayType::get( 3584 llvm::Type::getFloatTy(getVMContext()), NumVFPs - PreAllocation); 3585 it->info.setPaddingType(PaddingTy); 3586 } 3587 3588 // If we do not have enough GPRs for the small aggregate, any GPR regs 3589 // that are unallocated are marked as unavailable. 3590 if (IsSmallAggr && AllocatedGPR > NumGPRs && PreGPR < NumGPRs) { 3591 llvm::Type *PaddingTy = llvm::ArrayType::get( 3592 llvm::Type::getInt32Ty(getVMContext()), NumGPRs - PreGPR); 3593 it->info = 3594 ABIArgInfo::getDirect(it->info.getCoerceToType(), 0, PaddingTy); 3595 } 3596 } 3597 } 3598 3599 llvm::Value *EmitDarwinVAArg(llvm::Value *VAListAddr, QualType Ty, 3600 CodeGenFunction &CGF) const; 3601 3602 llvm::Value *EmitAAPCSVAArg(llvm::Value *VAListAddr, QualType Ty, 3603 CodeGenFunction &CGF) const; 3604 3605 virtual llvm::Value *EmitVAArg(llvm::Value *VAListAddr, QualType Ty, 3606 CodeGenFunction &CGF) const { 3607 return isDarwinPCS() ? EmitDarwinVAArg(VAListAddr, Ty, CGF) 3608 : EmitAAPCSVAArg(VAListAddr, Ty, CGF); 3609 } 3610 }; 3611 3612 class AArch64TargetCodeGenInfo : public TargetCodeGenInfo { 3613 public: 3614 AArch64TargetCodeGenInfo(CodeGenTypes &CGT, AArch64ABIInfo::ABIKind Kind) 3615 : TargetCodeGenInfo(new AArch64ABIInfo(CGT, Kind)) {} 3616 3617 StringRef getARCRetainAutoreleasedReturnValueMarker() const { 3618 return "mov\tfp, fp\t\t; marker for objc_retainAutoreleaseReturnValue"; 3619 } 3620 3621 int getDwarfEHStackPointer(CodeGen::CodeGenModule &M) const { return 31; } 3622 3623 virtual bool doesReturnSlotInterfereWithArgs() const { return false; } 3624 }; 3625 } 3626 3627 static bool isARMHomogeneousAggregate(QualType Ty, const Type *&Base, 3628 ASTContext &Context, 3629 bool isAArch64, 3630 uint64_t *HAMembers = nullptr); 3631 3632 ABIArgInfo AArch64ABIInfo::classifyArgumentType(QualType Ty, 3633 unsigned &AllocatedVFP, 3634 bool &IsHA, 3635 unsigned &AllocatedGPR, 3636 bool &IsSmallAggr, 3637 bool IsNamedArg) const { 3638 // Handle illegal vector types here. 3639 if (isIllegalVectorType(Ty)) { 3640 uint64_t Size = getContext().getTypeSize(Ty); 3641 if (Size <= 32) { 3642 llvm::Type *ResType = llvm::Type::getInt32Ty(getVMContext()); 3643 AllocatedGPR++; 3644 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(ResType); 3645 } 3646 if (Size == 64) { 3647 llvm::Type *ResType = 3648 llvm::VectorType::get(llvm::Type::getInt32Ty(getVMContext()), 2); 3649 AllocatedVFP++; 3650 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(ResType); 3651 } 3652 if (Size == 128) { 3653 llvm::Type *ResType = 3654 llvm::VectorType::get(llvm::Type::getInt32Ty(getVMContext()), 4); 3655 AllocatedVFP++; 3656 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(ResType); 3657 } 3658 AllocatedGPR++; 3659 return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(0, /*ByVal=*/false); 3660 } 3661 if (Ty->isVectorType()) 3662 // Size of a legal vector should be either 64 or 128. 3663 AllocatedVFP++; 3664 if (const BuiltinType *BT = Ty->getAs<BuiltinType>()) { 3665 if (BT->getKind() == BuiltinType::Half || 3666 BT->getKind() == BuiltinType::Float || 3667 BT->getKind() == BuiltinType::Double || 3668 BT->getKind() == BuiltinType::LongDouble) 3669 AllocatedVFP++; 3670 } 3671 3672 if (!isAggregateTypeForABI(Ty)) { 3673 // Treat an enum type as its underlying type. 3674 if (const EnumType *EnumTy = Ty->getAs<EnumType>()) 3675 Ty = EnumTy->getDecl()->getIntegerType(); 3676 3677 if (!Ty->isFloatingType() && !Ty->isVectorType()) { 3678 unsigned Alignment = getContext().getTypeAlign(Ty); 3679 if (!isDarwinPCS() && Alignment > 64) 3680 AllocatedGPR = llvm::RoundUpToAlignment(AllocatedGPR, Alignment / 64); 3681 3682 int RegsNeeded = getContext().getTypeSize(Ty) > 64 ? 2 : 1; 3683 AllocatedGPR += RegsNeeded; 3684 } 3685 return (Ty->isPromotableIntegerType() && isDarwinPCS() 3686 ? ABIArgInfo::getExtend() 3687 : ABIArgInfo::getDirect()); 3688 } 3689 3690 // Structures with either a non-trivial destructor or a non-trivial 3691 // copy constructor are always indirect. 3692 if (CGCXXABI::RecordArgABI RAA = getRecordArgABI(Ty, getCXXABI())) { 3693 AllocatedGPR++; 3694 return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(0, /*ByVal=*/RAA == 3695 CGCXXABI::RAA_DirectInMemory); 3696 } 3697 3698 // Empty records are always ignored on Darwin, but actually passed in C++ mode 3699 // elsewhere for GNU compatibility. 3700 if (isEmptyRecord(getContext(), Ty, true)) { 3701 if (!getContext().getLangOpts().CPlusPlus || isDarwinPCS()) 3702 return ABIArgInfo::getIgnore(); 3703 3704 ++AllocatedGPR; 3705 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(llvm::Type::getInt8Ty(getVMContext())); 3706 } 3707 3708 // Homogeneous Floating-point Aggregates (HFAs) need to be expanded. 3709 const Type *Base = nullptr; 3710 uint64_t Members = 0; 3711 if (isARMHomogeneousAggregate(Ty, Base, getContext(), true, &Members)) { 3712 IsHA = true; 3713 if (!IsNamedArg && isDarwinPCS()) { 3714 // With the Darwin ABI, variadic arguments are always passed on the stack 3715 // and should not be expanded. Treat variadic HFAs as arrays of doubles. 3716 uint64_t Size = getContext().getTypeSize(Ty); 3717 llvm::Type *BaseTy = llvm::Type::getDoubleTy(getVMContext()); 3718 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(llvm::ArrayType::get(BaseTy, Size / 64)); 3719 } 3720 AllocatedVFP += Members; 3721 return ABIArgInfo::getExpand(); 3722 } 3723 3724 // Aggregates <= 16 bytes are passed directly in registers or on the stack. 3725 uint64_t Size = getContext().getTypeSize(Ty); 3726 if (Size <= 128) { 3727 unsigned Alignment = getContext().getTypeAlign(Ty); 3728 if (!isDarwinPCS() && Alignment > 64) 3729 AllocatedGPR = llvm::RoundUpToAlignment(AllocatedGPR, Alignment / 64); 3730 3731 Size = 64 * ((Size + 63) / 64); // round up to multiple of 8 bytes 3732 AllocatedGPR += Size / 64; 3733 IsSmallAggr = true; 3734 // We use a pair of i64 for 16-byte aggregate with 8-byte alignment. 3735 // For aggregates with 16-byte alignment, we use i128. 3736 if (Alignment < 128 && Size == 128) { 3737 llvm::Type *BaseTy = llvm::Type::getInt64Ty(getVMContext()); 3738 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(llvm::ArrayType::get(BaseTy, Size / 64)); 3739 } 3740 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(llvm::IntegerType::get(getVMContext(), Size)); 3741 } 3742 3743 AllocatedGPR++; 3744 return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(0, /*ByVal=*/false); 3745 } 3746 3747 ABIArgInfo AArch64ABIInfo::classifyReturnType(QualType RetTy) const { 3748 if (RetTy->isVoidType()) 3749 return ABIArgInfo::getIgnore(); 3750 3751 // Large vector types should be returned via memory. 3752 if (RetTy->isVectorType() && getContext().getTypeSize(RetTy) > 128) 3753 return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(0); 3754 3755 if (!isAggregateTypeForABI(RetTy)) { 3756 // Treat an enum type as its underlying type. 3757 if (const EnumType *EnumTy = RetTy->getAs<EnumType>()) 3758 RetTy = EnumTy->getDecl()->getIntegerType(); 3759 3760 return (RetTy->isPromotableIntegerType() && isDarwinPCS() 3761 ? ABIArgInfo::getExtend() 3762 : ABIArgInfo::getDirect()); 3763 } 3764 3765 if (isEmptyRecord(getContext(), RetTy, true)) 3766 return ABIArgInfo::getIgnore(); 3767 3768 const Type *Base = nullptr; 3769 if (isARMHomogeneousAggregate(RetTy, Base, getContext(), true)) 3770 // Homogeneous Floating-point Aggregates (HFAs) are returned directly. 3771 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(); 3772 3773 // Aggregates <= 16 bytes are returned directly in registers or on the stack. 3774 uint64_t Size = getContext().getTypeSize(RetTy); 3775 if (Size <= 128) { 3776 Size = 64 * ((Size + 63) / 64); // round up to multiple of 8 bytes 3777 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(llvm::IntegerType::get(getVMContext(), Size)); 3778 } 3779 3780 return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(0); 3781 } 3782 3783 /// isIllegalVectorType - check whether the vector type is legal for AArch64. 3784 bool AArch64ABIInfo::isIllegalVectorType(QualType Ty) const { 3785 if (const VectorType *VT = Ty->getAs<VectorType>()) { 3786 // Check whether VT is legal. 3787 unsigned NumElements = VT->getNumElements(); 3788 uint64_t Size = getContext().getTypeSize(VT); 3789 // NumElements should be power of 2 between 1 and 16. 3790 if ((NumElements & (NumElements - 1)) != 0 || NumElements > 16) 3791 return true; 3792 return Size != 64 && (Size != 128 || NumElements == 1); 3793 } 3794 return false; 3795 } 3796 3797 static llvm::Value *EmitAArch64VAArg(llvm::Value *VAListAddr, QualType Ty, 3798 int AllocatedGPR, int AllocatedVFP, 3799 bool IsIndirect, CodeGenFunction &CGF) { 3800 // The AArch64 va_list type and handling is specified in the Procedure Call 3801 // Standard, section B.4: 3802 // 3803 // struct { 3804 // void *__stack; 3805 // void *__gr_top; 3806 // void *__vr_top; 3807 // int __gr_offs; 3808 // int __vr_offs; 3809 // }; 3810 3811 llvm::BasicBlock *MaybeRegBlock = CGF.createBasicBlock("vaarg.maybe_reg"); 3812 llvm::BasicBlock *InRegBlock = CGF.createBasicBlock("vaarg.in_reg"); 3813 llvm::BasicBlock *OnStackBlock = CGF.createBasicBlock("vaarg.on_stack"); 3814 llvm::BasicBlock *ContBlock = CGF.createBasicBlock("vaarg.end"); 3815 auto &Ctx = CGF.getContext(); 3816 3817 llvm::Value *reg_offs_p = nullptr, *reg_offs = nullptr; 3818 int reg_top_index; 3819 int RegSize; 3820 if (AllocatedGPR) { 3821 assert(!AllocatedVFP && "Arguments never split between int & VFP regs"); 3822 // 3 is the field number of __gr_offs 3823 reg_offs_p = CGF.Builder.CreateStructGEP(VAListAddr, 3, "gr_offs_p"); 3824 reg_offs = CGF.Builder.CreateLoad(reg_offs_p, "gr_offs"); 3825 reg_top_index = 1; // field number for __gr_top 3826 RegSize = 8 * AllocatedGPR; 3827 } else { 3828 assert(!AllocatedGPR && "Argument must go in VFP or int regs"); 3829 // 4 is the field number of __vr_offs. 3830 reg_offs_p = CGF.Builder.CreateStructGEP(VAListAddr, 4, "vr_offs_p"); 3831 reg_offs = CGF.Builder.CreateLoad(reg_offs_p, "vr_offs"); 3832 reg_top_index = 2; // field number for __vr_top 3833 RegSize = 16 * AllocatedVFP; 3834 } 3835 3836 //======================================= 3837 // Find out where argument was passed 3838 //======================================= 3839 3840 // If reg_offs >= 0 we're already using the stack for this type of 3841 // argument. We don't want to keep updating reg_offs (in case it overflows, 3842 // though anyone passing 2GB of arguments, each at most 16 bytes, deserves 3843 // whatever they get). 3844 llvm::Value *UsingStack = nullptr; 3845 UsingStack = CGF.Builder.CreateICmpSGE( 3846 reg_offs, llvm::ConstantInt::get(CGF.Int32Ty, 0)); 3847 3848 CGF.Builder.CreateCondBr(UsingStack, OnStackBlock, MaybeRegBlock); 3849 3850 // Otherwise, at least some kind of argument could go in these registers, the 3851 // question is whether this particular type is too big. 3852 CGF.EmitBlock(MaybeRegBlock); 3853 3854 // Integer arguments may need to correct register alignment (for example a 3855 // "struct { __int128 a; };" gets passed in x_2N, x_{2N+1}). In this case we 3856 // align __gr_offs to calculate the potential address. 3857 if (AllocatedGPR && !IsIndirect && Ctx.getTypeAlign(Ty) > 64) { 3858 int Align = Ctx.getTypeAlign(Ty) / 8; 3859 3860 reg_offs = CGF.Builder.CreateAdd( 3861 reg_offs, llvm::ConstantInt::get(CGF.Int32Ty, Align - 1), 3862 "align_regoffs"); 3863 reg_offs = CGF.Builder.CreateAnd( 3864 reg_offs, llvm::ConstantInt::get(CGF.Int32Ty, -Align), 3865 "aligned_regoffs"); 3866 } 3867 3868 // Update the gr_offs/vr_offs pointer for next call to va_arg on this va_list. 3869 llvm::Value *NewOffset = nullptr; 3870 NewOffset = CGF.Builder.CreateAdd( 3871 reg_offs, llvm::ConstantInt::get(CGF.Int32Ty, RegSize), "new_reg_offs"); 3872 CGF.Builder.CreateStore(NewOffset, reg_offs_p); 3873 3874 // Now we're in a position to decide whether this argument really was in 3875 // registers or not. 3876 llvm::Value *InRegs = nullptr; 3877 InRegs = CGF.Builder.CreateICmpSLE( 3878 NewOffset, llvm::ConstantInt::get(CGF.Int32Ty, 0), "inreg"); 3879 3880 CGF.Builder.CreateCondBr(InRegs, InRegBlock, OnStackBlock); 3881 3882 //======================================= 3883 // Argument was in registers 3884 //======================================= 3885 3886 // Now we emit the code for if the argument was originally passed in 3887 // registers. First start the appropriate block: 3888 CGF.EmitBlock(InRegBlock); 3889 3890 llvm::Value *reg_top_p = nullptr, *reg_top = nullptr; 3891 reg_top_p = 3892 CGF.Builder.CreateStructGEP(VAListAddr, reg_top_index, "reg_top_p"); 3893 reg_top = CGF.Builder.CreateLoad(reg_top_p, "reg_top"); 3894 llvm::Value *BaseAddr = CGF.Builder.CreateGEP(reg_top, reg_offs); 3895 llvm::Value *RegAddr = nullptr; 3896 llvm::Type *MemTy = llvm::PointerType::getUnqual(CGF.ConvertTypeForMem(Ty)); 3897 3898 if (IsIndirect) { 3899 // If it's been passed indirectly (actually a struct), whatever we find from 3900 // stored registers or on the stack will actually be a struct **. 3901 MemTy = llvm::PointerType::getUnqual(MemTy); 3902 } 3903 3904 const Type *Base = nullptr; 3905 uint64_t NumMembers; 3906 bool IsHFA = isARMHomogeneousAggregate(Ty, Base, Ctx, true, &NumMembers); 3907 if (IsHFA && NumMembers > 1) { 3908 // Homogeneous aggregates passed in registers will have their elements split 3909 // and stored 16-bytes apart regardless of size (they're notionally in qN, 3910 // qN+1, ...). We reload and store into a temporary local variable 3911 // contiguously. 3912 assert(!IsIndirect && "Homogeneous aggregates should be passed directly"); 3913 llvm::Type *BaseTy = CGF.ConvertType(QualType(Base, 0)); 3914 llvm::Type *HFATy = llvm::ArrayType::get(BaseTy, NumMembers); 3915 llvm::Value *Tmp = CGF.CreateTempAlloca(HFATy); 3916 int Offset = 0; 3917 3918 if (CGF.CGM.getDataLayout().isBigEndian() && Ctx.getTypeSize(Base) < 128) 3919 Offset = 16 - Ctx.getTypeSize(Base) / 8; 3920 for (unsigned i = 0; i < NumMembers; ++i) { 3921 llvm::Value *BaseOffset = 3922 llvm::ConstantInt::get(CGF.Int32Ty, 16 * i + Offset); 3923 llvm::Value *LoadAddr = CGF.Builder.CreateGEP(BaseAddr, BaseOffset); 3924 LoadAddr = CGF.Builder.CreateBitCast( 3925 LoadAddr, llvm::PointerType::getUnqual(BaseTy)); 3926 llvm::Value *StoreAddr = CGF.Builder.CreateStructGEP(Tmp, i); 3927 3928 llvm::Value *Elem = CGF.Builder.CreateLoad(LoadAddr); 3929 CGF.Builder.CreateStore(Elem, StoreAddr); 3930 } 3931 3932 RegAddr = CGF.Builder.CreateBitCast(Tmp, MemTy); 3933 } else { 3934 // Otherwise the object is contiguous in memory 3935 unsigned BeAlign = reg_top_index == 2 ? 16 : 8; 3936 if (CGF.CGM.getDataLayout().isBigEndian() && 3937 (IsHFA || !isAggregateTypeForABI(Ty)) && 3938 Ctx.getTypeSize(Ty) < (BeAlign * 8)) { 3939 int Offset = BeAlign - Ctx.getTypeSize(Ty) / 8; 3940 BaseAddr = CGF.Builder.CreatePtrToInt(BaseAddr, CGF.Int64Ty); 3941 3942 BaseAddr = CGF.Builder.CreateAdd( 3943 BaseAddr, llvm::ConstantInt::get(CGF.Int64Ty, Offset), "align_be"); 3944 3945 BaseAddr = CGF.Builder.CreateIntToPtr(BaseAddr, CGF.Int8PtrTy); 3946 } 3947 3948 RegAddr = CGF.Builder.CreateBitCast(BaseAddr, MemTy); 3949 } 3950 3951 CGF.EmitBranch(ContBlock); 3952 3953 //======================================= 3954 // Argument was on the stack 3955 //======================================= 3956 CGF.EmitBlock(OnStackBlock); 3957 3958 llvm::Value *stack_p = nullptr, *OnStackAddr = nullptr; 3959 stack_p = CGF.Builder.CreateStructGEP(VAListAddr, 0, "stack_p"); 3960 OnStackAddr = CGF.Builder.CreateLoad(stack_p, "stack"); 3961 3962 // Again, stack arguments may need realigmnent. In this case both integer and 3963 // floating-point ones might be affected. 3964 if (!IsIndirect && Ctx.getTypeAlign(Ty) > 64) { 3965 int Align = Ctx.getTypeAlign(Ty) / 8; 3966 3967 OnStackAddr = CGF.Builder.CreatePtrToInt(OnStackAddr, CGF.Int64Ty); 3968 3969 OnStackAddr = CGF.Builder.CreateAdd( 3970 OnStackAddr, llvm::ConstantInt::get(CGF.Int64Ty, Align - 1), 3971 "align_stack"); 3972 OnStackAddr = CGF.Builder.CreateAnd( 3973 OnStackAddr, llvm::ConstantInt::get(CGF.Int64Ty, -Align), 3974 "align_stack"); 3975 3976 OnStackAddr = CGF.Builder.CreateIntToPtr(OnStackAddr, CGF.Int8PtrTy); 3977 } 3978 3979 uint64_t StackSize; 3980 if (IsIndirect) 3981 StackSize = 8; 3982 else 3983 StackSize = Ctx.getTypeSize(Ty) / 8; 3984 3985 // All stack slots are 8 bytes 3986 StackSize = llvm::RoundUpToAlignment(StackSize, 8); 3987 3988 llvm::Value *StackSizeC = llvm::ConstantInt::get(CGF.Int32Ty, StackSize); 3989 llvm::Value *NewStack = 3990 CGF.Builder.CreateGEP(OnStackAddr, StackSizeC, "new_stack"); 3991 3992 // Write the new value of __stack for the next call to va_arg 3993 CGF.Builder.CreateStore(NewStack, stack_p); 3994 3995 if (CGF.CGM.getDataLayout().isBigEndian() && !isAggregateTypeForABI(Ty) && 3996 Ctx.getTypeSize(Ty) < 64) { 3997 int Offset = 8 - Ctx.getTypeSize(Ty) / 8; 3998 OnStackAddr = CGF.Builder.CreatePtrToInt(OnStackAddr, CGF.Int64Ty); 3999 4000 OnStackAddr = CGF.Builder.CreateAdd( 4001 OnStackAddr, llvm::ConstantInt::get(CGF.Int64Ty, Offset), "align_be"); 4002 4003 OnStackAddr = CGF.Builder.CreateIntToPtr(OnStackAddr, CGF.Int8PtrTy); 4004 } 4005 4006 OnStackAddr = CGF.Builder.CreateBitCast(OnStackAddr, MemTy); 4007 4008 CGF.EmitBranch(ContBlock); 4009 4010 //======================================= 4011 // Tidy up 4012 //======================================= 4013 CGF.EmitBlock(ContBlock); 4014 4015 llvm::PHINode *ResAddr = CGF.Builder.CreatePHI(MemTy, 2, "vaarg.addr"); 4016 ResAddr->addIncoming(RegAddr, InRegBlock); 4017 ResAddr->addIncoming(OnStackAddr, OnStackBlock); 4018 4019 if (IsIndirect) 4020 return CGF.Builder.CreateLoad(ResAddr, "vaarg.addr"); 4021 4022 return ResAddr; 4023 } 4024 4025 llvm::Value *AArch64ABIInfo::EmitAAPCSVAArg(llvm::Value *VAListAddr, QualType Ty, 4026 CodeGenFunction &CGF) const { 4027 4028 unsigned AllocatedGPR = 0, AllocatedVFP = 0; 4029 bool IsHA = false, IsSmallAggr = false; 4030 ABIArgInfo AI = classifyArgumentType(Ty, AllocatedVFP, IsHA, AllocatedGPR, 4031 IsSmallAggr, false /*IsNamedArg*/); 4032 4033 return EmitAArch64VAArg(VAListAddr, Ty, AllocatedGPR, AllocatedVFP, 4034 AI.isIndirect(), CGF); 4035 } 4036 4037 llvm::Value *AArch64ABIInfo::EmitDarwinVAArg(llvm::Value *VAListAddr, QualType Ty, 4038 CodeGenFunction &CGF) const { 4039 // We do not support va_arg for aggregates or illegal vector types. 4040 // Lower VAArg here for these cases and use the LLVM va_arg instruction for 4041 // other cases. 4042 if (!isAggregateTypeForABI(Ty) && !isIllegalVectorType(Ty)) 4043 return nullptr; 4044 4045 uint64_t Size = CGF.getContext().getTypeSize(Ty) / 8; 4046 uint64_t Align = CGF.getContext().getTypeAlign(Ty) / 8; 4047 4048 const Type *Base = nullptr; 4049 bool isHA = isARMHomogeneousAggregate(Ty, Base, getContext(), true); 4050 4051 bool isIndirect = false; 4052 // Arguments bigger than 16 bytes which aren't homogeneous aggregates should 4053 // be passed indirectly. 4054 if (Size > 16 && !isHA) { 4055 isIndirect = true; 4056 Size = 8; 4057 Align = 8; 4058 } 4059 4060 llvm::Type *BP = llvm::Type::getInt8PtrTy(CGF.getLLVMContext()); 4061 llvm::Type *BPP = llvm::PointerType::getUnqual(BP); 4062 4063 CGBuilderTy &Builder = CGF.Builder; 4064 llvm::Value *VAListAddrAsBPP = Builder.CreateBitCast(VAListAddr, BPP, "ap"); 4065 llvm::Value *Addr = Builder.CreateLoad(VAListAddrAsBPP, "ap.cur"); 4066 4067 if (isEmptyRecord(getContext(), Ty, true)) { 4068 // These are ignored for parameter passing purposes. 4069 llvm::Type *PTy = llvm::PointerType::getUnqual(CGF.ConvertType(Ty)); 4070 return Builder.CreateBitCast(Addr, PTy); 4071 } 4072 4073 const uint64_t MinABIAlign = 8; 4074 if (Align > MinABIAlign) { 4075 llvm::Value *Offset = llvm::ConstantInt::get(CGF.Int32Ty, Align - 1); 4076 Addr = Builder.CreateGEP(Addr, Offset); 4077 llvm::Value *AsInt = Builder.CreatePtrToInt(Addr, CGF.Int64Ty); 4078 llvm::Value *Mask = llvm::ConstantInt::get(CGF.Int64Ty, ~(Align - 1)); 4079 llvm::Value *Aligned = Builder.CreateAnd(AsInt, Mask); 4080 Addr = Builder.CreateIntToPtr(Aligned, BP, "ap.align"); 4081 } 4082 4083 uint64_t Offset = llvm::RoundUpToAlignment(Size, MinABIAlign); 4084 llvm::Value *NextAddr = Builder.CreateGEP( 4085 Addr, llvm::ConstantInt::get(CGF.Int32Ty, Offset), "ap.next"); 4086 Builder.CreateStore(NextAddr, VAListAddrAsBPP); 4087 4088 if (isIndirect) 4089 Addr = Builder.CreateLoad(Builder.CreateBitCast(Addr, BPP)); 4090 llvm::Type *PTy = llvm::PointerType::getUnqual(CGF.ConvertType(Ty)); 4091 llvm::Value *AddrTyped = Builder.CreateBitCast(Addr, PTy); 4092 4093 return AddrTyped; 4094 } 4095 4096 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// 4097 // ARM ABI Implementation 4098 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// 4099 4100 namespace { 4101 4102 class ARMABIInfo : public ABIInfo { 4103 public: 4104 enum ABIKind { 4105 APCS = 0, 4106 AAPCS = 1, 4107 AAPCS_VFP 4108 }; 4109 4110 private: 4111 ABIKind Kind; 4112 mutable int VFPRegs[16]; 4113 const unsigned NumVFPs; 4114 const unsigned NumGPRs; 4115 mutable unsigned AllocatedGPRs; 4116 mutable unsigned AllocatedVFPs; 4117 4118 public: 4119 ARMABIInfo(CodeGenTypes &CGT, ABIKind _Kind) : ABIInfo(CGT), Kind(_Kind), 4120 NumVFPs(16), NumGPRs(4) { 4121 setRuntimeCC(); 4122 resetAllocatedRegs(); 4123 } 4124 4125 bool isEABI() const { 4126 switch (getTarget().getTriple().getEnvironment()) { 4127 case llvm::Triple::Android: 4128 case llvm::Triple::EABI: 4129 case llvm::Triple::EABIHF: 4130 case llvm::Triple::GNUEABI: 4131 case llvm::Triple::GNUEABIHF: 4132 return true; 4133 default: 4134 return false; 4135 } 4136 } 4137 4138 bool isEABIHF() const { 4139 switch (getTarget().getTriple().getEnvironment()) { 4140 case llvm::Triple::EABIHF: 4141 case llvm::Triple::GNUEABIHF: 4142 return true; 4143 default: 4144 return false; 4145 } 4146 } 4147 4148 ABIKind getABIKind() const { return Kind; } 4149 4150 private: 4151 ABIArgInfo classifyReturnType(QualType RetTy, bool isVariadic) const; 4152 ABIArgInfo classifyArgumentType(QualType RetTy, bool isVariadic, 4153 bool &IsCPRC) const; 4154 bool isIllegalVectorType(QualType Ty) const; 4155 4156 void computeInfo(CGFunctionInfo &FI) const override; 4157 4158 llvm::Value *EmitVAArg(llvm::Value *VAListAddr, QualType Ty, 4159 CodeGenFunction &CGF) const override; 4160 4161 llvm::CallingConv::ID getLLVMDefaultCC() const; 4162 llvm::CallingConv::ID getABIDefaultCC() const; 4163 void setRuntimeCC(); 4164 4165 void markAllocatedGPRs(unsigned Alignment, unsigned NumRequired) const; 4166 void markAllocatedVFPs(unsigned Alignment, unsigned NumRequired) const; 4167 void resetAllocatedRegs(void) const; 4168 }; 4169 4170 class ARMTargetCodeGenInfo : public TargetCodeGenInfo { 4171 public: 4172 ARMTargetCodeGenInfo(CodeGenTypes &CGT, ARMABIInfo::ABIKind K) 4173 :TargetCodeGenInfo(new ARMABIInfo(CGT, K)) {} 4174 4175 const ARMABIInfo &getABIInfo() const { 4176 return static_cast<const ARMABIInfo&>(TargetCodeGenInfo::getABIInfo()); 4177 } 4178 4179 int getDwarfEHStackPointer(CodeGen::CodeGenModule &M) const override { 4180 return 13; 4181 } 4182 4183 StringRef getARCRetainAutoreleasedReturnValueMarker() const override { 4184 return "mov\tr7, r7\t\t@ marker for objc_retainAutoreleaseReturnValue"; 4185 } 4186 4187 bool initDwarfEHRegSizeTable(CodeGen::CodeGenFunction &CGF, 4188 llvm::Value *Address) const override { 4189 llvm::Value *Four8 = llvm::ConstantInt::get(CGF.Int8Ty, 4); 4190 4191 // 0-15 are the 16 integer registers. 4192 AssignToArrayRange(CGF.Builder, Address, Four8, 0, 15); 4193 return false; 4194 } 4195 4196 unsigned getSizeOfUnwindException() const override { 4197 if (getABIInfo().isEABI()) return 88; 4198 return TargetCodeGenInfo::getSizeOfUnwindException(); 4199 } 4200 4201 void SetTargetAttributes(const Decl *D, llvm::GlobalValue *GV, 4202 CodeGen::CodeGenModule &CGM) const override { 4203 const FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D); 4204 if (!FD) 4205 return; 4206 4207 const ARMInterruptAttr *Attr = FD->getAttr<ARMInterruptAttr>(); 4208 if (!Attr) 4209 return; 4210 4211 const char *Kind; 4212 switch (Attr->getInterrupt()) { 4213 case ARMInterruptAttr::Generic: Kind = ""; break; 4214 case ARMInterruptAttr::IRQ: Kind = "IRQ"; break; 4215 case ARMInterruptAttr::FIQ: Kind = "FIQ"; break; 4216 case ARMInterruptAttr::SWI: Kind = "SWI"; break; 4217 case ARMInterruptAttr::ABORT: Kind = "ABORT"; break; 4218 case ARMInterruptAttr::UNDEF: Kind = "UNDEF"; break; 4219 } 4220 4221 llvm::Function *Fn = cast<llvm::Function>(GV); 4222 4223 Fn->addFnAttr("interrupt", Kind); 4224 4225 if (cast<ARMABIInfo>(getABIInfo()).getABIKind() == ARMABIInfo::APCS) 4226 return; 4227 4228 // AAPCS guarantees that sp will be 8-byte aligned on any public interface, 4229 // however this is not necessarily true on taking any interrupt. Instruct 4230 // the backend to perform a realignment as part of the function prologue. 4231 llvm::AttrBuilder B; 4232 B.addStackAlignmentAttr(8); 4233 Fn->addAttributes(llvm::AttributeSet::FunctionIndex, 4234 llvm::AttributeSet::get(CGM.getLLVMContext(), 4235 llvm::AttributeSet::FunctionIndex, 4236 B)); 4237 } 4238 4239 }; 4240 4241 } 4242 4243 void ARMABIInfo::computeInfo(CGFunctionInfo &FI) const { 4244 // To correctly handle Homogeneous Aggregate, we need to keep track of the 4245 // VFP registers allocated so far. 4246 // C.1.vfp If the argument is a VFP CPRC and there are sufficient consecutive 4247 // VFP registers of the appropriate type unallocated then the argument is 4248 // allocated to the lowest-numbered sequence of such registers. 4249 // C.2.vfp If the argument is a VFP CPRC then any VFP registers that are 4250 // unallocated are marked as unavailable. 4251 resetAllocatedRegs(); 4252 4253 const bool isAAPCS_VFP = 4254 getABIKind() == ARMABIInfo::AAPCS_VFP && !FI.isVariadic(); 4255 4256 if (getCXXABI().classifyReturnType(FI)) { 4257 if (FI.getReturnInfo().isIndirect()) 4258 markAllocatedGPRs(1, 1); 4259 } else { 4260 FI.getReturnInfo() = classifyReturnType(FI.getReturnType(), FI.isVariadic()); 4261 } 4262 for (auto &I : FI.arguments()) { 4263 unsigned PreAllocationVFPs = AllocatedVFPs; 4264 unsigned PreAllocationGPRs = AllocatedGPRs; 4265 bool IsCPRC = false; 4266 // 6.1.2.3 There is one VFP co-processor register class using registers 4267 // s0-s15 (d0-d7) for passing arguments. 4268 I.info = classifyArgumentType(I.type, FI.isVariadic(), IsCPRC); 4269 4270 // If we have allocated some arguments onto the stack (due to running 4271 // out of VFP registers), we cannot split an argument between GPRs and 4272 // the stack. If this situation occurs, we add padding to prevent the 4273 // GPRs from being used. In this situation, the current argument could 4274 // only be allocated by rule C.8, so rule C.6 would mark these GPRs as 4275 // unusable anyway. 4276 // We do not have to do this if the argument is being passed ByVal, as the 4277 // backend can handle that situation correctly. 4278 const bool StackUsed = PreAllocationGPRs > NumGPRs || PreAllocationVFPs > NumVFPs; 4279 const bool IsByVal = I.info.isIndirect() && I.info.getIndirectByVal(); 4280 if (!IsCPRC && PreAllocationGPRs < NumGPRs && AllocatedGPRs > NumGPRs && 4281 StackUsed && !IsByVal) { 4282 llvm::Type *PaddingTy = llvm::ArrayType::get( 4283 llvm::Type::getInt32Ty(getVMContext()), NumGPRs - PreAllocationGPRs); 4284 if (I.info.canHaveCoerceToType()) { 4285 I.info = ABIArgInfo::getDirect(I.info.getCoerceToType() /* type */, 0 /* offset */, 4286 PaddingTy, !isAAPCS_VFP); 4287 } else { 4288 I.info = ABIArgInfo::getDirect(nullptr /* type */, 0 /* offset */, 4289 PaddingTy, !isAAPCS_VFP); 4290 } 4291 } 4292 } 4293 4294 // Always honor user-specified calling convention. 4295 if (FI.getCallingConvention() != llvm::CallingConv::C) 4296 return; 4297 4298 llvm::CallingConv::ID cc = getRuntimeCC(); 4299 if (cc != llvm::CallingConv::C) 4300 FI.setEffectiveCallingConvention(cc); 4301 } 4302 4303 /// Return the default calling convention that LLVM will use. 4304 llvm::CallingConv::ID ARMABIInfo::getLLVMDefaultCC() const { 4305 // The default calling convention that LLVM will infer. 4306 if (isEABIHF()) 4307 return llvm::CallingConv::ARM_AAPCS_VFP; 4308 else if (isEABI()) 4309 return llvm::CallingConv::ARM_AAPCS; 4310 else 4311 return llvm::CallingConv::ARM_APCS; 4312 } 4313 4314 /// Return the calling convention that our ABI would like us to use 4315 /// as the C calling convention. 4316 llvm::CallingConv::ID ARMABIInfo::getABIDefaultCC() const { 4317 switch (getABIKind()) { 4318 case APCS: return llvm::CallingConv::ARM_APCS; 4319 case AAPCS: return llvm::CallingConv::ARM_AAPCS; 4320 case AAPCS_VFP: return llvm::CallingConv::ARM_AAPCS_VFP; 4321 } 4322 llvm_unreachable("bad ABI kind"); 4323 } 4324 4325 void ARMABIInfo::setRuntimeCC() { 4326 assert(getRuntimeCC() == llvm::CallingConv::C); 4327 4328 // Don't muddy up the IR with a ton of explicit annotations if 4329 // they'd just match what LLVM will infer from the triple. 4330 llvm::CallingConv::ID abiCC = getABIDefaultCC(); 4331 if (abiCC != getLLVMDefaultCC()) 4332 RuntimeCC = abiCC; 4333 } 4334 4335 /// isARMHomogeneousAggregate - Return true if a type is an AAPCS-VFP homogeneous 4336 /// aggregate. If HAMembers is non-null, the number of base elements 4337 /// contained in the type is returned through it; this is used for the 4338 /// recursive calls that check aggregate component types. 4339 static bool isARMHomogeneousAggregate(QualType Ty, const Type *&Base, 4340 ASTContext &Context, bool isAArch64, 4341 uint64_t *HAMembers) { 4342 uint64_t Members = 0; 4343 if (const ConstantArrayType *AT = Context.getAsConstantArrayType(Ty)) { 4344 if (!isARMHomogeneousAggregate(AT->getElementType(), Base, Context, isAArch64, &Members)) 4345 return false; 4346 Members *= AT->getSize().getZExtValue(); 4347 } else if (const RecordType *RT = Ty->getAs<RecordType>()) { 4348 const RecordDecl *RD = RT->getDecl(); 4349 if (RD->hasFlexibleArrayMember()) 4350 return false; 4351 4352 Members = 0; 4353 for (const auto *FD : RD->fields()) { 4354 uint64_t FldMembers; 4355 if (!isARMHomogeneousAggregate(FD->getType(), Base, Context, isAArch64, &FldMembers)) 4356 return false; 4357 4358 Members = (RD->isUnion() ? 4359 std::max(Members, FldMembers) : Members + FldMembers); 4360 } 4361 } else { 4362 Members = 1; 4363 if (const ComplexType *CT = Ty->getAs<ComplexType>()) { 4364 Members = 2; 4365 Ty = CT->getElementType(); 4366 } 4367 4368 // Homogeneous aggregates for AAPCS-VFP must have base types of float, 4369 // double, or 64-bit or 128-bit vectors. "long double" has the same machine 4370 // type as double, so it is also allowed as a base type. 4371 // Homogeneous aggregates for AAPCS64 must have base types of a floating 4372 // point type or a short-vector type. This is the same as the 32-bit ABI, 4373 // but with the difference that any floating-point type is allowed, 4374 // including __fp16. 4375 if (const BuiltinType *BT = Ty->getAs<BuiltinType>()) { 4376 if (isAArch64) { 4377 if (!BT->isFloatingPoint()) 4378 return false; 4379 } else { 4380 if (BT->getKind() != BuiltinType::Float && 4381 BT->getKind() != BuiltinType::Double && 4382 BT->getKind() != BuiltinType::LongDouble) 4383 return false; 4384 } 4385 } else if (const VectorType *VT = Ty->getAs<VectorType>()) { 4386 unsigned VecSize = Context.getTypeSize(VT); 4387 if (VecSize != 64 && VecSize != 128) 4388 return false; 4389 } else { 4390 return false; 4391 } 4392 4393 // The base type must be the same for all members. Vector types of the 4394 // same total size are treated as being equivalent here. 4395 const Type *TyPtr = Ty.getTypePtr(); 4396 if (!Base) 4397 Base = TyPtr; 4398 4399 if (Base != TyPtr) { 4400 // Homogeneous aggregates are defined as containing members with the 4401 // same machine type. There are two cases in which two members have 4402 // different TypePtrs but the same machine type: 4403 4404 // 1) Vectors of the same length, regardless of the type and number 4405 // of their members. 4406 const bool SameLengthVectors = Base->isVectorType() && TyPtr->isVectorType() 4407 && (Context.getTypeSize(Base) == Context.getTypeSize(TyPtr)); 4408 4409 // 2) In the 32-bit AAPCS, `double' and `long double' have the same 4410 // machine type. This is not the case for the 64-bit AAPCS. 4411 const bool SameSizeDoubles = 4412 ( ( Base->isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::Double) 4413 && TyPtr->isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::LongDouble)) 4414 || ( Base->isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::LongDouble) 4415 && TyPtr->isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::Double))) 4416 && (Context.getTypeSize(Base) == Context.getTypeSize(TyPtr)); 4417 4418 if (!SameLengthVectors && !SameSizeDoubles) 4419 return false; 4420 } 4421 } 4422 4423 // Homogeneous Aggregates can have at most 4 members of the base type. 4424 if (HAMembers) 4425 *HAMembers = Members; 4426 4427 return (Members > 0 && Members <= 4); 4428 } 4429 4430 /// markAllocatedVFPs - update VFPRegs according to the alignment and 4431 /// number of VFP registers (unit is S register) requested. 4432 void ARMABIInfo::markAllocatedVFPs(unsigned Alignment, 4433 unsigned NumRequired) const { 4434 // Early Exit. 4435 if (AllocatedVFPs >= 16) { 4436 // We use AllocatedVFP > 16 to signal that some CPRCs were allocated on 4437 // the stack. 4438 AllocatedVFPs = 17; 4439 return; 4440 } 4441 // C.1.vfp If the argument is a VFP CPRC and there are sufficient consecutive 4442 // VFP registers of the appropriate type unallocated then the argument is 4443 // allocated to the lowest-numbered sequence of such registers. 4444 for (unsigned I = 0; I < 16; I += Alignment) { 4445 bool FoundSlot = true; 4446 for (unsigned J = I, JEnd = I + NumRequired; J < JEnd; J++) 4447 if (J >= 16 || VFPRegs[J]) { 4448 FoundSlot = false; 4449 break; 4450 } 4451 if (FoundSlot) { 4452 for (unsigned J = I, JEnd = I + NumRequired; J < JEnd; J++) 4453 VFPRegs[J] = 1; 4454 AllocatedVFPs += NumRequired; 4455 return; 4456 } 4457 } 4458 // C.2.vfp If the argument is a VFP CPRC then any VFP registers that are 4459 // unallocated are marked as unavailable. 4460 for (unsigned I = 0; I < 16; I++) 4461 VFPRegs[I] = 1; 4462 AllocatedVFPs = 17; // We do not have enough VFP registers. 4463 } 4464 4465 /// Update AllocatedGPRs to record the number of general purpose registers 4466 /// which have been allocated. It is valid for AllocatedGPRs to go above 4, 4467 /// this represents arguments being stored on the stack. 4468 void ARMABIInfo::markAllocatedGPRs(unsigned Alignment, 4469 unsigned NumRequired) const { 4470 assert((Alignment == 1 || Alignment == 2) && "Alignment must be 4 or 8 bytes"); 4471 4472 if (Alignment == 2 && AllocatedGPRs & 0x1) 4473 AllocatedGPRs += 1; 4474 4475 AllocatedGPRs += NumRequired; 4476 } 4477 4478 void ARMABIInfo::resetAllocatedRegs(void) const { 4479 AllocatedGPRs = 0; 4480 AllocatedVFPs = 0; 4481 for (unsigned i = 0; i < NumVFPs; ++i) 4482 VFPRegs[i] = 0; 4483 } 4484 4485 ABIArgInfo ARMABIInfo::classifyArgumentType(QualType Ty, bool isVariadic, 4486 bool &IsCPRC) const { 4487 // We update number of allocated VFPs according to 4488 // 6.1.2.1 The following argument types are VFP CPRCs: 4489 // A single-precision floating-point type (including promoted 4490 // half-precision types); A double-precision floating-point type; 4491 // A 64-bit or 128-bit containerized vector type; Homogeneous Aggregate 4492 // with a Base Type of a single- or double-precision floating-point type, 4493 // 64-bit containerized vectors or 128-bit containerized vectors with one 4494 // to four Elements. 4495 4496 const bool isAAPCS_VFP = 4497 getABIKind() == ARMABIInfo::AAPCS_VFP && !isVariadic; 4498 4499 // Handle illegal vector types here. 4500 if (isIllegalVectorType(Ty)) { 4501 uint64_t Size = getContext().getTypeSize(Ty); 4502 if (Size <= 32) { 4503 llvm::Type *ResType = 4504 llvm::Type::getInt32Ty(getVMContext()); 4505 markAllocatedGPRs(1, 1); 4506 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(ResType, 0, nullptr, !isAAPCS_VFP); 4507 } 4508 if (Size == 64) { 4509 llvm::Type *ResType = llvm::VectorType::get( 4510 llvm::Type::getInt32Ty(getVMContext()), 2); 4511 if (getABIKind() == ARMABIInfo::AAPCS || isVariadic){ 4512 markAllocatedGPRs(2, 2); 4513 } else { 4514 markAllocatedVFPs(2, 2); 4515 IsCPRC = true; 4516 } 4517 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(ResType, 0, nullptr, !isAAPCS_VFP); 4518 } 4519 if (Size == 128) { 4520 llvm::Type *ResType = llvm::VectorType::get( 4521 llvm::Type::getInt32Ty(getVMContext()), 4); 4522 if (getABIKind() == ARMABIInfo::AAPCS || isVariadic) { 4523 markAllocatedGPRs(2, 4); 4524 } else { 4525 markAllocatedVFPs(4, 4); 4526 IsCPRC = true; 4527 } 4528 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(ResType, 0, nullptr, !isAAPCS_VFP); 4529 } 4530 markAllocatedGPRs(1, 1); 4531 return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(0, /*ByVal=*/false); 4532 } 4533 // Update VFPRegs for legal vector types. 4534 if (getABIKind() == ARMABIInfo::AAPCS_VFP && !isVariadic) { 4535 if (const VectorType *VT = Ty->getAs<VectorType>()) { 4536 uint64_t Size = getContext().getTypeSize(VT); 4537 // Size of a legal vector should be power of 2 and above 64. 4538 markAllocatedVFPs(Size >= 128 ? 4 : 2, Size / 32); 4539 IsCPRC = true; 4540 } 4541 } 4542 // Update VFPRegs for floating point types. 4543 if (getABIKind() == ARMABIInfo::AAPCS_VFP && !isVariadic) { 4544 if (const BuiltinType *BT = Ty->getAs<BuiltinType>()) { 4545 if (BT->getKind() == BuiltinType::Half || 4546 BT->getKind() == BuiltinType::Float) { 4547 markAllocatedVFPs(1, 1); 4548 IsCPRC = true; 4549 } 4550 if (BT->getKind() == BuiltinType::Double || 4551 BT->getKind() == BuiltinType::LongDouble) { 4552 markAllocatedVFPs(2, 2); 4553 IsCPRC = true; 4554 } 4555 } 4556 } 4557 4558 if (!isAggregateTypeForABI(Ty)) { 4559 // Treat an enum type as its underlying type. 4560 if (const EnumType *EnumTy = Ty->getAs<EnumType>()) { 4561 Ty = EnumTy->getDecl()->getIntegerType(); 4562 } 4563 4564 unsigned Size = getContext().getTypeSize(Ty); 4565 if (!IsCPRC) 4566 markAllocatedGPRs(Size > 32 ? 2 : 1, (Size + 31) / 32); 4567 return (Ty->isPromotableIntegerType() 4568 ? ABIArgInfo::getExtend() 4569 : ABIArgInfo::getDirect(nullptr, 0, nullptr, !isAAPCS_VFP)); 4570 } 4571 4572 if (CGCXXABI::RecordArgABI RAA = getRecordArgABI(Ty, getCXXABI())) { 4573 markAllocatedGPRs(1, 1); 4574 return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(0, RAA == CGCXXABI::RAA_DirectInMemory); 4575 } 4576 4577 // Ignore empty records. 4578 if (isEmptyRecord(getContext(), Ty, true)) 4579 return ABIArgInfo::getIgnore(); 4580 4581 if (isAAPCS_VFP) { 4582 // Homogeneous Aggregates need to be expanded when we can fit the aggregate 4583 // into VFP registers. 4584 const Type *Base = nullptr; 4585 uint64_t Members = 0; 4586 if (isARMHomogeneousAggregate(Ty, Base, getContext(), false, &Members)) { 4587 assert(Base && "Base class should be set for homogeneous aggregate"); 4588 // Base can be a floating-point or a vector. 4589 if (Base->isVectorType()) { 4590 // ElementSize is in number of floats. 4591 unsigned ElementSize = getContext().getTypeSize(Base) == 64 ? 2 : 4; 4592 markAllocatedVFPs(ElementSize, 4593 Members * ElementSize); 4594 } else if (Base->isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::Float)) 4595 markAllocatedVFPs(1, Members); 4596 else { 4597 assert(Base->isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::Double) || 4598 Base->isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::LongDouble)); 4599 markAllocatedVFPs(2, Members * 2); 4600 } 4601 IsCPRC = true; 4602 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(nullptr, 0, nullptr, !isAAPCS_VFP); 4603 } 4604 } 4605 4606 // Support byval for ARM. 4607 // The ABI alignment for APCS is 4-byte and for AAPCS at least 4-byte and at 4608 // most 8-byte. We realign the indirect argument if type alignment is bigger 4609 // than ABI alignment. 4610 uint64_t ABIAlign = 4; 4611 uint64_t TyAlign = getContext().getTypeAlign(Ty) / 8; 4612 if (getABIKind() == ARMABIInfo::AAPCS_VFP || 4613 getABIKind() == ARMABIInfo::AAPCS) 4614 ABIAlign = std::min(std::max(TyAlign, (uint64_t)4), (uint64_t)8); 4615 if (getContext().getTypeSizeInChars(Ty) > CharUnits::fromQuantity(64)) { 4616 // Update Allocated GPRs. Since this is only used when the size of the 4617 // argument is greater than 64 bytes, this will always use up any available 4618 // registers (of which there are 4). We also don't care about getting the 4619 // alignment right, because general-purpose registers cannot be back-filled. 4620 markAllocatedGPRs(1, 4); 4621 return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(TyAlign, /*ByVal=*/true, 4622 /*Realign=*/TyAlign > ABIAlign); 4623 } 4624 4625 // Otherwise, pass by coercing to a structure of the appropriate size. 4626 llvm::Type* ElemTy; 4627 unsigned SizeRegs; 4628 // FIXME: Try to match the types of the arguments more accurately where 4629 // we can. 4630 if (getContext().getTypeAlign(Ty) <= 32) { 4631 ElemTy = llvm::Type::getInt32Ty(getVMContext()); 4632 SizeRegs = (getContext().getTypeSize(Ty) + 31) / 32; 4633 markAllocatedGPRs(1, SizeRegs); 4634 } else { 4635 ElemTy = llvm::Type::getInt64Ty(getVMContext()); 4636 SizeRegs = (getContext().getTypeSize(Ty) + 63) / 64; 4637 markAllocatedGPRs(2, SizeRegs * 2); 4638 } 4639 4640 llvm::Type *STy = 4641 llvm::StructType::get(llvm::ArrayType::get(ElemTy, SizeRegs), NULL); 4642 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(STy, 0, nullptr, !isAAPCS_VFP); 4643 } 4644 4645 static bool isIntegerLikeType(QualType Ty, ASTContext &Context, 4646 llvm::LLVMContext &VMContext) { 4647 // APCS, C Language Calling Conventions, Non-Simple Return Values: A structure 4648 // is called integer-like if its size is less than or equal to one word, and 4649 // the offset of each of its addressable sub-fields is zero. 4650 4651 uint64_t Size = Context.getTypeSize(Ty); 4652 4653 // Check that the type fits in a word. 4654 if (Size > 32) 4655 return false; 4656 4657 // FIXME: Handle vector types! 4658 if (Ty->isVectorType()) 4659 return false; 4660 4661 // Float types are never treated as "integer like". 4662 if (Ty->isRealFloatingType()) 4663 return false; 4664 4665 // If this is a builtin or pointer type then it is ok. 4666 if (Ty->getAs<BuiltinType>() || Ty->isPointerType()) 4667 return true; 4668 4669 // Small complex integer types are "integer like". 4670 if (const ComplexType *CT = Ty->getAs<ComplexType>()) 4671 return isIntegerLikeType(CT->getElementType(), Context, VMContext); 4672 4673 // Single element and zero sized arrays should be allowed, by the definition 4674 // above, but they are not. 4675 4676 // Otherwise, it must be a record type. 4677 const RecordType *RT = Ty->getAs<RecordType>(); 4678 if (!RT) return false; 4679 4680 // Ignore records with flexible arrays. 4681 const RecordDecl *RD = RT->getDecl(); 4682 if (RD->hasFlexibleArrayMember()) 4683 return false; 4684 4685 // Check that all sub-fields are at offset 0, and are themselves "integer 4686 // like". 4687 const ASTRecordLayout &Layout = Context.getASTRecordLayout(RD); 4688 4689 bool HadField = false; 4690 unsigned idx = 0; 4691 for (RecordDecl::field_iterator i = RD->field_begin(), e = RD->field_end(); 4692 i != e; ++i, ++idx) { 4693 const FieldDecl *FD = *i; 4694 4695 // Bit-fields are not addressable, we only need to verify they are "integer 4696 // like". We still have to disallow a subsequent non-bitfield, for example: 4697 // struct { int : 0; int x } 4698 // is non-integer like according to gcc. 4699 if (FD->isBitField()) { 4700 if (!RD->isUnion()) 4701 HadField = true; 4702 4703 if (!isIntegerLikeType(FD->getType(), Context, VMContext)) 4704 return false; 4705 4706 continue; 4707 } 4708 4709 // Check if this field is at offset 0. 4710 if (Layout.getFieldOffset(idx) != 0) 4711 return false; 4712 4713 if (!isIntegerLikeType(FD->getType(), Context, VMContext)) 4714 return false; 4715 4716 // Only allow at most one field in a structure. This doesn't match the 4717 // wording above, but follows gcc in situations with a field following an 4718 // empty structure. 4719 if (!RD->isUnion()) { 4720 if (HadField) 4721 return false; 4722 4723 HadField = true; 4724 } 4725 } 4726 4727 return true; 4728 } 4729 4730 ABIArgInfo ARMABIInfo::classifyReturnType(QualType RetTy, 4731 bool isVariadic) const { 4732 const bool isAAPCS_VFP = 4733 getABIKind() == ARMABIInfo::AAPCS_VFP && !isVariadic; 4734 4735 if (RetTy->isVoidType()) 4736 return ABIArgInfo::getIgnore(); 4737 4738 // Large vector types should be returned via memory. 4739 if (RetTy->isVectorType() && getContext().getTypeSize(RetTy) > 128) { 4740 markAllocatedGPRs(1, 1); 4741 return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(0); 4742 } 4743 4744 if (!isAggregateTypeForABI(RetTy)) { 4745 // Treat an enum type as its underlying type. 4746 if (const EnumType *EnumTy = RetTy->getAs<EnumType>()) 4747 RetTy = EnumTy->getDecl()->getIntegerType(); 4748 4749 return (RetTy->isPromotableIntegerType() 4750 ? ABIArgInfo::getExtend() 4751 : ABIArgInfo::getDirect(nullptr, 0, nullptr, !isAAPCS_VFP)); 4752 } 4753 4754 // Are we following APCS? 4755 if (getABIKind() == APCS) { 4756 if (isEmptyRecord(getContext(), RetTy, false)) 4757 return ABIArgInfo::getIgnore(); 4758 4759 // Complex types are all returned as packed integers. 4760 // 4761 // FIXME: Consider using 2 x vector types if the back end handles them 4762 // correctly. 4763 if (RetTy->isAnyComplexType()) 4764 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(llvm::IntegerType::get( 4765 getVMContext(), getContext().getTypeSize(RetTy))); 4766 4767 // Integer like structures are returned in r0. 4768 if (isIntegerLikeType(RetTy, getContext(), getVMContext())) { 4769 // Return in the smallest viable integer type. 4770 uint64_t Size = getContext().getTypeSize(RetTy); 4771 if (Size <= 8) 4772 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(llvm::Type::getInt8Ty(getVMContext())); 4773 if (Size <= 16) 4774 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(llvm::Type::getInt16Ty(getVMContext())); 4775 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(llvm::Type::getInt32Ty(getVMContext())); 4776 } 4777 4778 // Otherwise return in memory. 4779 markAllocatedGPRs(1, 1); 4780 return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(0); 4781 } 4782 4783 // Otherwise this is an AAPCS variant. 4784 4785 if (isEmptyRecord(getContext(), RetTy, true)) 4786 return ABIArgInfo::getIgnore(); 4787 4788 // Check for homogeneous aggregates with AAPCS-VFP. 4789 if (getABIKind() == AAPCS_VFP && !isVariadic) { 4790 const Type *Base = nullptr; 4791 if (isARMHomogeneousAggregate(RetTy, Base, getContext(), false)) { 4792 assert(Base && "Base class should be set for homogeneous aggregate"); 4793 // Homogeneous Aggregates are returned directly. 4794 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(nullptr, 0, nullptr, !isAAPCS_VFP); 4795 } 4796 } 4797 4798 // Aggregates <= 4 bytes are returned in r0; other aggregates 4799 // are returned indirectly. 4800 uint64_t Size = getContext().getTypeSize(RetTy); 4801 if (Size <= 32) { 4802 if (getDataLayout().isBigEndian()) 4803 // Return in 32 bit integer integer type (as if loaded by LDR, AAPCS 5.4) 4804 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(llvm::Type::getInt32Ty(getVMContext()), 0, 4805 nullptr, !isAAPCS_VFP); 4806 4807 // Return in the smallest viable integer type. 4808 if (Size <= 8) 4809 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(llvm::Type::getInt8Ty(getVMContext()), 0, 4810 nullptr, !isAAPCS_VFP); 4811 if (Size <= 16) 4812 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(llvm::Type::getInt16Ty(getVMContext()), 0, 4813 nullptr, !isAAPCS_VFP); 4814 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(llvm::Type::getInt32Ty(getVMContext()), 0, 4815 nullptr, !isAAPCS_VFP); 4816 } 4817 4818 markAllocatedGPRs(1, 1); 4819 return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(0); 4820 } 4821 4822 /// isIllegalVector - check whether Ty is an illegal vector type. 4823 bool ARMABIInfo::isIllegalVectorType(QualType Ty) const { 4824 if (const VectorType *VT = Ty->getAs<VectorType>()) { 4825 // Check whether VT is legal. 4826 unsigned NumElements = VT->getNumElements(); 4827 uint64_t Size = getContext().getTypeSize(VT); 4828 // NumElements should be power of 2. 4829 if ((NumElements & (NumElements - 1)) != 0) 4830 return true; 4831 // Size should be greater than 32 bits. 4832 return Size <= 32; 4833 } 4834 return false; 4835 } 4836 4837 llvm::Value *ARMABIInfo::EmitVAArg(llvm::Value *VAListAddr, QualType Ty, 4838 CodeGenFunction &CGF) const { 4839 llvm::Type *BP = CGF.Int8PtrTy; 4840 llvm::Type *BPP = CGF.Int8PtrPtrTy; 4841 4842 CGBuilderTy &Builder = CGF.Builder; 4843 llvm::Value *VAListAddrAsBPP = Builder.CreateBitCast(VAListAddr, BPP, "ap"); 4844 llvm::Value *Addr = Builder.CreateLoad(VAListAddrAsBPP, "ap.cur"); 4845 4846 if (isEmptyRecord(getContext(), Ty, true)) { 4847 // These are ignored for parameter passing purposes. 4848 llvm::Type *PTy = llvm::PointerType::getUnqual(CGF.ConvertType(Ty)); 4849 return Builder.CreateBitCast(Addr, PTy); 4850 } 4851 4852 uint64_t Size = CGF.getContext().getTypeSize(Ty) / 8; 4853 uint64_t TyAlign = CGF.getContext().getTypeAlign(Ty) / 8; 4854 bool IsIndirect = false; 4855 4856 // The ABI alignment for 64-bit or 128-bit vectors is 8 for AAPCS and 4 for 4857 // APCS. For AAPCS, the ABI alignment is at least 4-byte and at most 8-byte. 4858 if (getABIKind() == ARMABIInfo::AAPCS_VFP || 4859 getABIKind() == ARMABIInfo::AAPCS) 4860 TyAlign = std::min(std::max(TyAlign, (uint64_t)4), (uint64_t)8); 4861 else 4862 TyAlign = 4; 4863 // Use indirect if size of the illegal vector is bigger than 16 bytes. 4864 if (isIllegalVectorType(Ty) && Size > 16) { 4865 IsIndirect = true; 4866 Size = 4; 4867 TyAlign = 4; 4868 } 4869 4870 // Handle address alignment for ABI alignment > 4 bytes. 4871 if (TyAlign > 4) { 4872 assert((TyAlign & (TyAlign - 1)) == 0 && 4873 "Alignment is not power of 2!"); 4874 llvm::Value *AddrAsInt = Builder.CreatePtrToInt(Addr, CGF.Int32Ty); 4875 AddrAsInt = Builder.CreateAdd(AddrAsInt, Builder.getInt32(TyAlign - 1)); 4876 AddrAsInt = Builder.CreateAnd(AddrAsInt, Builder.getInt32(~(TyAlign - 1))); 4877 Addr = Builder.CreateIntToPtr(AddrAsInt, BP, "ap.align"); 4878 } 4879 4880 uint64_t Offset = 4881 llvm::RoundUpToAlignment(Size, 4); 4882 llvm::Value *NextAddr = 4883 Builder.CreateGEP(Addr, llvm::ConstantInt::get(CGF.Int32Ty, Offset), 4884 "ap.next"); 4885 Builder.CreateStore(NextAddr, VAListAddrAsBPP); 4886 4887 if (IsIndirect) 4888 Addr = Builder.CreateLoad(Builder.CreateBitCast(Addr, BPP)); 4889 else if (TyAlign < CGF.getContext().getTypeAlign(Ty) / 8) { 4890 // We can't directly cast ap.cur to pointer to a vector type, since ap.cur 4891 // may not be correctly aligned for the vector type. We create an aligned 4892 // temporary space and copy the content over from ap.cur to the temporary 4893 // space. This is necessary if the natural alignment of the type is greater 4894 // than the ABI alignment. 4895 llvm::Type *I8PtrTy = Builder.getInt8PtrTy(); 4896 CharUnits CharSize = getContext().getTypeSizeInChars(Ty); 4897 llvm::Value *AlignedTemp = CGF.CreateTempAlloca(CGF.ConvertType(Ty), 4898 "var.align"); 4899 llvm::Value *Dst = Builder.CreateBitCast(AlignedTemp, I8PtrTy); 4900 llvm::Value *Src = Builder.CreateBitCast(Addr, I8PtrTy); 4901 Builder.CreateMemCpy(Dst, Src, 4902 llvm::ConstantInt::get(CGF.IntPtrTy, CharSize.getQuantity()), 4903 TyAlign, false); 4904 Addr = AlignedTemp; //The content is in aligned location. 4905 } 4906 llvm::Type *PTy = 4907 llvm::PointerType::getUnqual(CGF.ConvertType(Ty)); 4908 llvm::Value *AddrTyped = Builder.CreateBitCast(Addr, PTy); 4909 4910 return AddrTyped; 4911 } 4912 4913 namespace { 4914 4915 class NaClARMABIInfo : public ABIInfo { 4916 public: 4917 NaClARMABIInfo(CodeGen::CodeGenTypes &CGT, ARMABIInfo::ABIKind Kind) 4918 : ABIInfo(CGT), PInfo(CGT), NInfo(CGT, Kind) {} 4919 void computeInfo(CGFunctionInfo &FI) const override; 4920 llvm::Value *EmitVAArg(llvm::Value *VAListAddr, QualType Ty, 4921 CodeGenFunction &CGF) const override; 4922 private: 4923 PNaClABIInfo PInfo; // Used for generating calls with pnaclcall callingconv. 4924 ARMABIInfo NInfo; // Used for everything else. 4925 }; 4926 4927 class NaClARMTargetCodeGenInfo : public TargetCodeGenInfo { 4928 public: 4929 NaClARMTargetCodeGenInfo(CodeGen::CodeGenTypes &CGT, ARMABIInfo::ABIKind Kind) 4930 : TargetCodeGenInfo(new NaClARMABIInfo(CGT, Kind)) {} 4931 }; 4932 4933 } 4934 4935 void NaClARMABIInfo::computeInfo(CGFunctionInfo &FI) const { 4936 if (FI.getASTCallingConvention() == CC_PnaclCall) 4937 PInfo.computeInfo(FI); 4938 else 4939 static_cast<const ABIInfo&>(NInfo).computeInfo(FI); 4940 } 4941 4942 llvm::Value *NaClARMABIInfo::EmitVAArg(llvm::Value *VAListAddr, QualType Ty, 4943 CodeGenFunction &CGF) const { 4944 // Always use the native convention; calling pnacl-style varargs functions 4945 // is unsupported. 4946 return static_cast<const ABIInfo&>(NInfo).EmitVAArg(VAListAddr, Ty, CGF); 4947 } 4948 4949 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// 4950 // NVPTX ABI Implementation 4951 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// 4952 4953 namespace { 4954 4955 class NVPTXABIInfo : public ABIInfo { 4956 public: 4957 NVPTXABIInfo(CodeGenTypes &CGT) : ABIInfo(CGT) {} 4958 4959 ABIArgInfo classifyReturnType(QualType RetTy) const; 4960 ABIArgInfo classifyArgumentType(QualType Ty) const; 4961 4962 void computeInfo(CGFunctionInfo &FI) const override; 4963 llvm::Value *EmitVAArg(llvm::Value *VAListAddr, QualType Ty, 4964 CodeGenFunction &CFG) const override; 4965 }; 4966 4967 class NVPTXTargetCodeGenInfo : public TargetCodeGenInfo { 4968 public: 4969 NVPTXTargetCodeGenInfo(CodeGenTypes &CGT) 4970 : TargetCodeGenInfo(new NVPTXABIInfo(CGT)) {} 4971 4972 void SetTargetAttributes(const Decl *D, llvm::GlobalValue *GV, 4973 CodeGen::CodeGenModule &M) const override; 4974 private: 4975 // Adds a NamedMDNode with F, Name, and Operand as operands, and adds the 4976 // resulting MDNode to the nvvm.annotations MDNode. 4977 static void addNVVMMetadata(llvm::Function *F, StringRef Name, int Operand); 4978 }; 4979 4980 ABIArgInfo NVPTXABIInfo::classifyReturnType(QualType RetTy) const { 4981 if (RetTy->isVoidType()) 4982 return ABIArgInfo::getIgnore(); 4983 4984 // note: this is different from default ABI 4985 if (!RetTy->isScalarType()) 4986 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(); 4987 4988 // Treat an enum type as its underlying type. 4989 if (const EnumType *EnumTy = RetTy->getAs<EnumType>()) 4990 RetTy = EnumTy->getDecl()->getIntegerType(); 4991 4992 return (RetTy->isPromotableIntegerType() ? 4993 ABIArgInfo::getExtend() : ABIArgInfo::getDirect()); 4994 } 4995 4996 ABIArgInfo NVPTXABIInfo::classifyArgumentType(QualType Ty) const { 4997 // Treat an enum type as its underlying type. 4998 if (const EnumType *EnumTy = Ty->getAs<EnumType>()) 4999 Ty = EnumTy->getDecl()->getIntegerType(); 5000 5001 return (Ty->isPromotableIntegerType() ? 5002 ABIArgInfo::getExtend() : ABIArgInfo::getDirect()); 5003 } 5004 5005 void NVPTXABIInfo::computeInfo(CGFunctionInfo &FI) const { 5006 if (!getCXXABI().classifyReturnType(FI)) 5007 FI.getReturnInfo() = classifyReturnType(FI.getReturnType()); 5008 for (auto &I : FI.arguments()) 5009 I.info = classifyArgumentType(I.type); 5010 5011 // Always honor user-specified calling convention. 5012 if (FI.getCallingConvention() != llvm::CallingConv::C) 5013 return; 5014 5015 FI.setEffectiveCallingConvention(getRuntimeCC()); 5016 } 5017 5018 llvm::Value *NVPTXABIInfo::EmitVAArg(llvm::Value *VAListAddr, QualType Ty, 5019 CodeGenFunction &CFG) const { 5020 llvm_unreachable("NVPTX does not support varargs"); 5021 } 5022 5023 void NVPTXTargetCodeGenInfo:: 5024 SetTargetAttributes(const Decl *D, llvm::GlobalValue *GV, 5025 CodeGen::CodeGenModule &M) const{ 5026 const FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D); 5027 if (!FD) return; 5028 5029 llvm::Function *F = cast<llvm::Function>(GV); 5030 5031 // Perform special handling in OpenCL mode 5032 if (M.getLangOpts().OpenCL) { 5033 // Use OpenCL function attributes to check for kernel functions 5034 // By default, all functions are device functions 5035 if (FD->hasAttr<OpenCLKernelAttr>()) { 5036 // OpenCL __kernel functions get kernel metadata 5037 // Create !{<func-ref>, metadata !"kernel", i32 1} node 5038 addNVVMMetadata(F, "kernel", 1); 5039 // And kernel functions are not subject to inlining 5040 F->addFnAttr(llvm::Attribute::NoInline); 5041 } 5042 } 5043 5044 // Perform special handling in CUDA mode. 5045 if (M.getLangOpts().CUDA) { 5046 // CUDA __global__ functions get a kernel metadata entry. Since 5047 // __global__ functions cannot be called from the device, we do not 5048 // need to set the noinline attribute. 5049 if (FD->hasAttr<CUDAGlobalAttr>()) { 5050 // Create !{<func-ref>, metadata !"kernel", i32 1} node 5051 addNVVMMetadata(F, "kernel", 1); 5052 } 5053 if (FD->hasAttr<CUDALaunchBoundsAttr>()) { 5054 // Create !{<func-ref>, metadata !"maxntidx", i32 <val>} node 5055 addNVVMMetadata(F, "maxntidx", 5056 FD->getAttr<CUDALaunchBoundsAttr>()->getMaxThreads()); 5057 // min blocks is a default argument for CUDALaunchBoundsAttr, so getting a 5058 // zero value from getMinBlocks either means it was not specified in 5059 // __launch_bounds__ or the user specified a 0 value. In both cases, we 5060 // don't have to add a PTX directive. 5061 int MinCTASM = FD->getAttr<CUDALaunchBoundsAttr>()->getMinBlocks(); 5062 if (MinCTASM > 0) { 5063 // Create !{<func-ref>, metadata !"minctasm", i32 <val>} node 5064 addNVVMMetadata(F, "minctasm", MinCTASM); 5065 } 5066 } 5067 } 5068 } 5069 5070 void NVPTXTargetCodeGenInfo::addNVVMMetadata(llvm::Function *F, StringRef Name, 5071 int Operand) { 5072 llvm::Module *M = F->getParent(); 5073 llvm::LLVMContext &Ctx = M->getContext(); 5074 5075 // Get "nvvm.annotations" metadata node 5076 llvm::NamedMDNode *MD = M->getOrInsertNamedMetadata("nvvm.annotations"); 5077 5078 llvm::Value *MDVals[] = { 5079 F, llvm::MDString::get(Ctx, Name), 5080 llvm::ConstantInt::get(llvm::Type::getInt32Ty(Ctx), Operand)}; 5081 // Append metadata to nvvm.annotations 5082 MD->addOperand(llvm::MDNode::get(Ctx, MDVals)); 5083 } 5084 } 5085 5086 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// 5087 // SystemZ ABI Implementation 5088 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// 5089 5090 namespace { 5091 5092 class SystemZABIInfo : public ABIInfo { 5093 public: 5094 SystemZABIInfo(CodeGenTypes &CGT) : ABIInfo(CGT) {} 5095 5096 bool isPromotableIntegerType(QualType Ty) const; 5097 bool isCompoundType(QualType Ty) const; 5098 bool isFPArgumentType(QualType Ty) const; 5099 5100 ABIArgInfo classifyReturnType(QualType RetTy) const; 5101 ABIArgInfo classifyArgumentType(QualType ArgTy) const; 5102 5103 void computeInfo(CGFunctionInfo &FI) const override { 5104 if (!getCXXABI().classifyReturnType(FI)) 5105 FI.getReturnInfo() = classifyReturnType(FI.getReturnType()); 5106 for (auto &I : FI.arguments()) 5107 I.info = classifyArgumentType(I.type); 5108 } 5109 5110 llvm::Value *EmitVAArg(llvm::Value *VAListAddr, QualType Ty, 5111 CodeGenFunction &CGF) const override; 5112 }; 5113 5114 class SystemZTargetCodeGenInfo : public TargetCodeGenInfo { 5115 public: 5116 SystemZTargetCodeGenInfo(CodeGenTypes &CGT) 5117 : TargetCodeGenInfo(new SystemZABIInfo(CGT)) {} 5118 }; 5119 5120 } 5121 5122 bool SystemZABIInfo::isPromotableIntegerType(QualType Ty) const { 5123 // Treat an enum type as its underlying type. 5124 if (const EnumType *EnumTy = Ty->getAs<EnumType>()) 5125 Ty = EnumTy->getDecl()->getIntegerType(); 5126 5127 // Promotable integer types are required to be promoted by the ABI. 5128 if (Ty->isPromotableIntegerType()) 5129 return true; 5130 5131 // 32-bit values must also be promoted. 5132 if (const BuiltinType *BT = Ty->getAs<BuiltinType>()) 5133 switch (BT->getKind()) { 5134 case BuiltinType::Int: 5135 case BuiltinType::UInt: 5136 return true; 5137 default: 5138 return false; 5139 } 5140 return false; 5141 } 5142 5143 bool SystemZABIInfo::isCompoundType(QualType Ty) const { 5144 return Ty->isAnyComplexType() || isAggregateTypeForABI(Ty); 5145 } 5146 5147 bool SystemZABIInfo::isFPArgumentType(QualType Ty) const { 5148 if (const BuiltinType *BT = Ty->getAs<BuiltinType>()) 5149 switch (BT->getKind()) { 5150 case BuiltinType::Float: 5151 case BuiltinType::Double: 5152 return true; 5153 default: 5154 return false; 5155 } 5156 5157 if (const RecordType *RT = Ty->getAsStructureType()) { 5158 const RecordDecl *RD = RT->getDecl(); 5159 bool Found = false; 5160 5161 // If this is a C++ record, check the bases first. 5162 if (const CXXRecordDecl *CXXRD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RD)) 5163 for (const auto &I : CXXRD->bases()) { 5164 QualType Base = I.getType(); 5165 5166 // Empty bases don't affect things either way. 5167 if (isEmptyRecord(getContext(), Base, true)) 5168 continue; 5169 5170 if (Found) 5171 return false; 5172 Found = isFPArgumentType(Base); 5173 if (!Found) 5174 return false; 5175 } 5176 5177 // Check the fields. 5178 for (const auto *FD : RD->fields()) { 5179 // Empty bitfields don't affect things either way. 5180 // Unlike isSingleElementStruct(), empty structure and array fields 5181 // do count. So do anonymous bitfields that aren't zero-sized. 5182 if (FD->isBitField() && FD->getBitWidthValue(getContext()) == 0) 5183 return true; 5184 5185 // Unlike isSingleElementStruct(), arrays do not count. 5186 // Nested isFPArgumentType structures still do though. 5187 if (Found) 5188 return false; 5189 Found = isFPArgumentType(FD->getType()); 5190 if (!Found) 5191 return false; 5192 } 5193 5194 // Unlike isSingleElementStruct(), trailing padding is allowed. 5195 // An 8-byte aligned struct s { float f; } is passed as a double. 5196 return Found; 5197 } 5198 5199 return false; 5200 } 5201 5202 llvm::Value *SystemZABIInfo::EmitVAArg(llvm::Value *VAListAddr, QualType Ty, 5203 CodeGenFunction &CGF) const { 5204 // Assume that va_list type is correct; should be pointer to LLVM type: 5205 // struct { 5206 // i64 __gpr; 5207 // i64 __fpr; 5208 // i8 *__overflow_arg_area; 5209 // i8 *__reg_save_area; 5210 // }; 5211 5212 // Every argument occupies 8 bytes and is passed by preference in either 5213 // GPRs or FPRs. 5214 Ty = CGF.getContext().getCanonicalType(Ty); 5215 ABIArgInfo AI = classifyArgumentType(Ty); 5216 bool InFPRs = isFPArgumentType(Ty); 5217 5218 llvm::Type *APTy = llvm::PointerType::getUnqual(CGF.ConvertTypeForMem(Ty)); 5219 bool IsIndirect = AI.isIndirect(); 5220 unsigned UnpaddedBitSize; 5221 if (IsIndirect) { 5222 APTy = llvm::PointerType::getUnqual(APTy); 5223 UnpaddedBitSize = 64; 5224 } else 5225 UnpaddedBitSize = getContext().getTypeSize(Ty); 5226 unsigned PaddedBitSize = 64; 5227 assert((UnpaddedBitSize <= PaddedBitSize) && "Invalid argument size."); 5228 5229 unsigned PaddedSize = PaddedBitSize / 8; 5230 unsigned Padding = (PaddedBitSize - UnpaddedBitSize) / 8; 5231 5232 unsigned MaxRegs, RegCountField, RegSaveIndex, RegPadding; 5233 if (InFPRs) { 5234 MaxRegs = 4; // Maximum of 4 FPR arguments 5235 RegCountField = 1; // __fpr 5236 RegSaveIndex = 16; // save offset for f0 5237 RegPadding = 0; // floats are passed in the high bits of an FPR 5238 } else { 5239 MaxRegs = 5; // Maximum of 5 GPR arguments 5240 RegCountField = 0; // __gpr 5241 RegSaveIndex = 2; // save offset for r2 5242 RegPadding = Padding; // values are passed in the low bits of a GPR 5243 } 5244 5245 llvm::Value *RegCountPtr = 5246 CGF.Builder.CreateStructGEP(VAListAddr, RegCountField, "reg_count_ptr"); 5247 llvm::Value *RegCount = CGF.Builder.CreateLoad(RegCountPtr, "reg_count"); 5248 llvm::Type *IndexTy = RegCount->getType(); 5249 llvm::Value *MaxRegsV = llvm::ConstantInt::get(IndexTy, MaxRegs); 5250 llvm::Value *InRegs = CGF.Builder.CreateICmpULT(RegCount, MaxRegsV, 5251 "fits_in_regs"); 5252 5253 llvm::BasicBlock *InRegBlock = CGF.createBasicBlock("vaarg.in_reg"); 5254 llvm::BasicBlock *InMemBlock = CGF.createBasicBlock("vaarg.in_mem"); 5255 llvm::BasicBlock *ContBlock = CGF.createBasicBlock("vaarg.end"); 5256 CGF.Builder.CreateCondBr(InRegs, InRegBlock, InMemBlock); 5257 5258 // Emit code to load the value if it was passed in registers. 5259 CGF.EmitBlock(InRegBlock); 5260 5261 // Work out the address of an argument register. 5262 llvm::Value *PaddedSizeV = llvm::ConstantInt::get(IndexTy, PaddedSize); 5263 llvm::Value *ScaledRegCount = 5264 CGF.Builder.CreateMul(RegCount, PaddedSizeV, "scaled_reg_count"); 5265 llvm::Value *RegBase = 5266 llvm::ConstantInt::get(IndexTy, RegSaveIndex * PaddedSize + RegPadding); 5267 llvm::Value *RegOffset = 5268 CGF.Builder.CreateAdd(ScaledRegCount, RegBase, "reg_offset"); 5269 llvm::Value *RegSaveAreaPtr = 5270 CGF.Builder.CreateStructGEP(VAListAddr, 3, "reg_save_area_ptr"); 5271 llvm::Value *RegSaveArea = 5272 CGF.Builder.CreateLoad(RegSaveAreaPtr, "reg_save_area"); 5273 llvm::Value *RawRegAddr = 5274 CGF.Builder.CreateGEP(RegSaveArea, RegOffset, "raw_reg_addr"); 5275 llvm::Value *RegAddr = 5276 CGF.Builder.CreateBitCast(RawRegAddr, APTy, "reg_addr"); 5277 5278 // Update the register count 5279 llvm::Value *One = llvm::ConstantInt::get(IndexTy, 1); 5280 llvm::Value *NewRegCount = 5281 CGF.Builder.CreateAdd(RegCount, One, "reg_count"); 5282 CGF.Builder.CreateStore(NewRegCount, RegCountPtr); 5283 CGF.EmitBranch(ContBlock); 5284 5285 // Emit code to load the value if it was passed in memory. 5286 CGF.EmitBlock(InMemBlock); 5287 5288 // Work out the address of a stack argument. 5289 llvm::Value *OverflowArgAreaPtr = 5290 CGF.Builder.CreateStructGEP(VAListAddr, 2, "overflow_arg_area_ptr"); 5291 llvm::Value *OverflowArgArea = 5292 CGF.Builder.CreateLoad(OverflowArgAreaPtr, "overflow_arg_area"); 5293 llvm::Value *PaddingV = llvm::ConstantInt::get(IndexTy, Padding); 5294 llvm::Value *RawMemAddr = 5295 CGF.Builder.CreateGEP(OverflowArgArea, PaddingV, "raw_mem_addr"); 5296 llvm::Value *MemAddr = 5297 CGF.Builder.CreateBitCast(RawMemAddr, APTy, "mem_addr"); 5298 5299 // Update overflow_arg_area_ptr pointer 5300 llvm::Value *NewOverflowArgArea = 5301 CGF.Builder.CreateGEP(OverflowArgArea, PaddedSizeV, "overflow_arg_area"); 5302 CGF.Builder.CreateStore(NewOverflowArgArea, OverflowArgAreaPtr); 5303 CGF.EmitBranch(ContBlock); 5304 5305 // Return the appropriate result. 5306 CGF.EmitBlock(ContBlock); 5307 llvm::PHINode *ResAddr = CGF.Builder.CreatePHI(APTy, 2, "va_arg.addr"); 5308 ResAddr->addIncoming(RegAddr, InRegBlock); 5309 ResAddr->addIncoming(MemAddr, InMemBlock); 5310 5311 if (IsIndirect) 5312 return CGF.Builder.CreateLoad(ResAddr, "indirect_arg"); 5313 5314 return ResAddr; 5315 } 5316 5317 ABIArgInfo SystemZABIInfo::classifyReturnType(QualType RetTy) const { 5318 if (RetTy->isVoidType()) 5319 return ABIArgInfo::getIgnore(); 5320 if (isCompoundType(RetTy) || getContext().getTypeSize(RetTy) > 64) 5321 return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(0); 5322 return (isPromotableIntegerType(RetTy) ? 5323 ABIArgInfo::getExtend() : ABIArgInfo::getDirect()); 5324 } 5325 5326 ABIArgInfo SystemZABIInfo::classifyArgumentType(QualType Ty) const { 5327 // Handle the generic C++ ABI. 5328 if (CGCXXABI::RecordArgABI RAA = getRecordArgABI(Ty, getCXXABI())) 5329 return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(0, RAA == CGCXXABI::RAA_DirectInMemory); 5330 5331 // Integers and enums are extended to full register width. 5332 if (isPromotableIntegerType(Ty)) 5333 return ABIArgInfo::getExtend(); 5334 5335 // Values that are not 1, 2, 4 or 8 bytes in size are passed indirectly. 5336 uint64_t Size = getContext().getTypeSize(Ty); 5337 if (Size != 8 && Size != 16 && Size != 32 && Size != 64) 5338 return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(0, /*ByVal=*/false); 5339 5340 // Handle small structures. 5341 if (const RecordType *RT = Ty->getAs<RecordType>()) { 5342 // Structures with flexible arrays have variable length, so really 5343 // fail the size test above. 5344 const RecordDecl *RD = RT->getDecl(); 5345 if (RD->hasFlexibleArrayMember()) 5346 return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(0, /*ByVal=*/false); 5347 5348 // The structure is passed as an unextended integer, a float, or a double. 5349 llvm::Type *PassTy; 5350 if (isFPArgumentType(Ty)) { 5351 assert(Size == 32 || Size == 64); 5352 if (Size == 32) 5353 PassTy = llvm::Type::getFloatTy(getVMContext()); 5354 else 5355 PassTy = llvm::Type::getDoubleTy(getVMContext()); 5356 } else 5357 PassTy = llvm::IntegerType::get(getVMContext(), Size); 5358 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(PassTy); 5359 } 5360 5361 // Non-structure compounds are passed indirectly. 5362 if (isCompoundType(Ty)) 5363 return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(0, /*ByVal=*/false); 5364 5365 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(nullptr); 5366 } 5367 5368 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// 5369 // MSP430 ABI Implementation 5370 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// 5371 5372 namespace { 5373 5374 class MSP430TargetCodeGenInfo : public TargetCodeGenInfo { 5375 public: 5376 MSP430TargetCodeGenInfo(CodeGenTypes &CGT) 5377 : TargetCodeGenInfo(new DefaultABIInfo(CGT)) {} 5378 void SetTargetAttributes(const Decl *D, llvm::GlobalValue *GV, 5379 CodeGen::CodeGenModule &M) const override; 5380 }; 5381 5382 } 5383 5384 void MSP430TargetCodeGenInfo::SetTargetAttributes(const Decl *D, 5385 llvm::GlobalValue *GV, 5386 CodeGen::CodeGenModule &M) const { 5387 if (const FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D)) { 5388 if (const MSP430InterruptAttr *attr = FD->getAttr<MSP430InterruptAttr>()) { 5389 // Handle 'interrupt' attribute: 5390 llvm::Function *F = cast<llvm::Function>(GV); 5391 5392 // Step 1: Set ISR calling convention. 5393 F->setCallingConv(llvm::CallingConv::MSP430_INTR); 5394 5395 // Step 2: Add attributes goodness. 5396 F->addFnAttr(llvm::Attribute::NoInline); 5397 5398 // Step 3: Emit ISR vector alias. 5399 unsigned Num = attr->getNumber() / 2; 5400 llvm::GlobalAlias::create(llvm::Function::ExternalLinkage, 5401 "__isr_" + Twine(Num), F); 5402 } 5403 } 5404 } 5405 5406 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// 5407 // MIPS ABI Implementation. This works for both little-endian and 5408 // big-endian variants. 5409 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// 5410 5411 namespace { 5412 class MipsABIInfo : public ABIInfo { 5413 bool IsO32; 5414 unsigned MinABIStackAlignInBytes, StackAlignInBytes; 5415 void CoerceToIntArgs(uint64_t TySize, 5416 SmallVectorImpl<llvm::Type *> &ArgList) const; 5417 llvm::Type* HandleAggregates(QualType Ty, uint64_t TySize) const; 5418 llvm::Type* returnAggregateInRegs(QualType RetTy, uint64_t Size) const; 5419 llvm::Type* getPaddingType(uint64_t Align, uint64_t Offset) const; 5420 public: 5421 MipsABIInfo(CodeGenTypes &CGT, bool _IsO32) : 5422 ABIInfo(CGT), IsO32(_IsO32), MinABIStackAlignInBytes(IsO32 ? 4 : 8), 5423 StackAlignInBytes(IsO32 ? 8 : 16) {} 5424 5425 ABIArgInfo classifyReturnType(QualType RetTy) const; 5426 ABIArgInfo classifyArgumentType(QualType RetTy, uint64_t &Offset) const; 5427 void computeInfo(CGFunctionInfo &FI) const override; 5428 llvm::Value *EmitVAArg(llvm::Value *VAListAddr, QualType Ty, 5429 CodeGenFunction &CGF) const override; 5430 }; 5431 5432 class MIPSTargetCodeGenInfo : public TargetCodeGenInfo { 5433 unsigned SizeOfUnwindException; 5434 public: 5435 MIPSTargetCodeGenInfo(CodeGenTypes &CGT, bool IsO32) 5436 : TargetCodeGenInfo(new MipsABIInfo(CGT, IsO32)), 5437 SizeOfUnwindException(IsO32 ? 24 : 32) {} 5438 5439 int getDwarfEHStackPointer(CodeGen::CodeGenModule &CGM) const override { 5440 return 29; 5441 } 5442 5443 void SetTargetAttributes(const Decl *D, llvm::GlobalValue *GV, 5444 CodeGen::CodeGenModule &CGM) const override { 5445 const FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D); 5446 if (!FD) return; 5447 llvm::Function *Fn = cast<llvm::Function>(GV); 5448 if (FD->hasAttr<Mips16Attr>()) { 5449 Fn->addFnAttr("mips16"); 5450 } 5451 else if (FD->hasAttr<NoMips16Attr>()) { 5452 Fn->addFnAttr("nomips16"); 5453 } 5454 } 5455 5456 bool initDwarfEHRegSizeTable(CodeGen::CodeGenFunction &CGF, 5457 llvm::Value *Address) const override; 5458 5459 unsigned getSizeOfUnwindException() const override { 5460 return SizeOfUnwindException; 5461 } 5462 }; 5463 } 5464 5465 void MipsABIInfo::CoerceToIntArgs(uint64_t TySize, 5466 SmallVectorImpl<llvm::Type *> &ArgList) const { 5467 llvm::IntegerType *IntTy = 5468 llvm::IntegerType::get(getVMContext(), MinABIStackAlignInBytes * 8); 5469 5470 // Add (TySize / MinABIStackAlignInBytes) args of IntTy. 5471 for (unsigned N = TySize / (MinABIStackAlignInBytes * 8); N; --N) 5472 ArgList.push_back(IntTy); 5473 5474 // If necessary, add one more integer type to ArgList. 5475 unsigned R = TySize % (MinABIStackAlignInBytes * 8); 5476 5477 if (R) 5478 ArgList.push_back(llvm::IntegerType::get(getVMContext(), R)); 5479 } 5480 5481 // In N32/64, an aligned double precision floating point field is passed in 5482 // a register. 5483 llvm::Type* MipsABIInfo::HandleAggregates(QualType Ty, uint64_t TySize) const { 5484 SmallVector<llvm::Type*, 8> ArgList, IntArgList; 5485 5486 if (IsO32) { 5487 CoerceToIntArgs(TySize, ArgList); 5488 return llvm::StructType::get(getVMContext(), ArgList); 5489 } 5490 5491 if (Ty->isComplexType()) 5492 return CGT.ConvertType(Ty); 5493 5494 const RecordType *RT = Ty->getAs<RecordType>(); 5495 5496 // Unions/vectors are passed in integer registers. 5497 if (!RT || !RT->isStructureOrClassType()) { 5498 CoerceToIntArgs(TySize, ArgList); 5499 return llvm::StructType::get(getVMContext(), ArgList); 5500 } 5501 5502 const RecordDecl *RD = RT->getDecl(); 5503 const ASTRecordLayout &Layout = getContext().getASTRecordLayout(RD); 5504 assert(!(TySize % 8) && "Size of structure must be multiple of 8."); 5505 5506 uint64_t LastOffset = 0; 5507 unsigned idx = 0; 5508 llvm::IntegerType *I64 = llvm::IntegerType::get(getVMContext(), 64); 5509 5510 // Iterate over fields in the struct/class and check if there are any aligned 5511 // double fields. 5512 for (RecordDecl::field_iterator i = RD->field_begin(), e = RD->field_end(); 5513 i != e; ++i, ++idx) { 5514 const QualType Ty = i->getType(); 5515 const BuiltinType *BT = Ty->getAs<BuiltinType>(); 5516 5517 if (!BT || BT->getKind() != BuiltinType::Double) 5518 continue; 5519 5520 uint64_t Offset = Layout.getFieldOffset(idx); 5521 if (Offset % 64) // Ignore doubles that are not aligned. 5522 continue; 5523 5524 // Add ((Offset - LastOffset) / 64) args of type i64. 5525 for (unsigned j = (Offset - LastOffset) / 64; j > 0; --j) 5526 ArgList.push_back(I64); 5527 5528 // Add double type. 5529 ArgList.push_back(llvm::Type::getDoubleTy(getVMContext())); 5530 LastOffset = Offset + 64; 5531 } 5532 5533 CoerceToIntArgs(TySize - LastOffset, IntArgList); 5534 ArgList.append(IntArgList.begin(), IntArgList.end()); 5535 5536 return llvm::StructType::get(getVMContext(), ArgList); 5537 } 5538 5539 llvm::Type *MipsABIInfo::getPaddingType(uint64_t OrigOffset, 5540 uint64_t Offset) const { 5541 if (OrigOffset + MinABIStackAlignInBytes > Offset) 5542 return nullptr; 5543 5544 return llvm::IntegerType::get(getVMContext(), (Offset - OrigOffset) * 8); 5545 } 5546 5547 ABIArgInfo 5548 MipsABIInfo::classifyArgumentType(QualType Ty, uint64_t &Offset) const { 5549 uint64_t OrigOffset = Offset; 5550 uint64_t TySize = getContext().getTypeSize(Ty); 5551 uint64_t Align = getContext().getTypeAlign(Ty) / 8; 5552 5553 Align = std::min(std::max(Align, (uint64_t)MinABIStackAlignInBytes), 5554 (uint64_t)StackAlignInBytes); 5555 unsigned CurrOffset = llvm::RoundUpToAlignment(Offset, Align); 5556 Offset = CurrOffset + llvm::RoundUpToAlignment(TySize, Align * 8) / 8; 5557 5558 if (isAggregateTypeForABI(Ty) || Ty->isVectorType()) { 5559 // Ignore empty aggregates. 5560 if (TySize == 0) 5561 return ABIArgInfo::getIgnore(); 5562 5563 if (CGCXXABI::RecordArgABI RAA = getRecordArgABI(Ty, getCXXABI())) { 5564 Offset = OrigOffset + MinABIStackAlignInBytes; 5565 return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(0, RAA == CGCXXABI::RAA_DirectInMemory); 5566 } 5567 5568 // If we have reached here, aggregates are passed directly by coercing to 5569 // another structure type. Padding is inserted if the offset of the 5570 // aggregate is unaligned. 5571 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(HandleAggregates(Ty, TySize), 0, 5572 getPaddingType(OrigOffset, CurrOffset)); 5573 } 5574 5575 // Treat an enum type as its underlying type. 5576 if (const EnumType *EnumTy = Ty->getAs<EnumType>()) 5577 Ty = EnumTy->getDecl()->getIntegerType(); 5578 5579 if (Ty->isPromotableIntegerType()) 5580 return ABIArgInfo::getExtend(); 5581 5582 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect( 5583 nullptr, 0, IsO32 ? nullptr : getPaddingType(OrigOffset, CurrOffset)); 5584 } 5585 5586 llvm::Type* 5587 MipsABIInfo::returnAggregateInRegs(QualType RetTy, uint64_t Size) const { 5588 const RecordType *RT = RetTy->getAs<RecordType>(); 5589 SmallVector<llvm::Type*, 8> RTList; 5590 5591 if (RT && RT->isStructureOrClassType()) { 5592 const RecordDecl *RD = RT->getDecl(); 5593 const ASTRecordLayout &Layout = getContext().getASTRecordLayout(RD); 5594 unsigned FieldCnt = Layout.getFieldCount(); 5595 5596 // N32/64 returns struct/classes in floating point registers if the 5597 // following conditions are met: 5598 // 1. The size of the struct/class is no larger than 128-bit. 5599 // 2. The struct/class has one or two fields all of which are floating 5600 // point types. 5601 // 3. The offset of the first field is zero (this follows what gcc does). 5602 // 5603 // Any other composite results are returned in integer registers. 5604 // 5605 if (FieldCnt && (FieldCnt <= 2) && !Layout.getFieldOffset(0)) { 5606 RecordDecl::field_iterator b = RD->field_begin(), e = RD->field_end(); 5607 for (; b != e; ++b) { 5608 const BuiltinType *BT = b->getType()->getAs<BuiltinType>(); 5609 5610 if (!BT || !BT->isFloatingPoint()) 5611 break; 5612 5613 RTList.push_back(CGT.ConvertType(b->getType())); 5614 } 5615 5616 if (b == e) 5617 return llvm::StructType::get(getVMContext(), RTList, 5618 RD->hasAttr<PackedAttr>()); 5619 5620 RTList.clear(); 5621 } 5622 } 5623 5624 CoerceToIntArgs(Size, RTList); 5625 return llvm::StructType::get(getVMContext(), RTList); 5626 } 5627 5628 ABIArgInfo MipsABIInfo::classifyReturnType(QualType RetTy) const { 5629 uint64_t Size = getContext().getTypeSize(RetTy); 5630 5631 if (RetTy->isVoidType()) 5632 return ABIArgInfo::getIgnore(); 5633 5634 // O32 doesn't treat zero-sized structs differently from other structs. 5635 // However, N32/N64 ignores zero sized return values. 5636 if (!IsO32 && Size == 0) 5637 return ABIArgInfo::getIgnore(); 5638 5639 if (isAggregateTypeForABI(RetTy) || RetTy->isVectorType()) { 5640 if (Size <= 128) { 5641 if (RetTy->isAnyComplexType()) 5642 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(); 5643 5644 // O32 returns integer vectors in registers and N32/N64 returns all small 5645 // aggregates in registers. 5646 if (!IsO32 || 5647 (RetTy->isVectorType() && !RetTy->hasFloatingRepresentation())) { 5648 ABIArgInfo ArgInfo = 5649 ABIArgInfo::getDirect(returnAggregateInRegs(RetTy, Size)); 5650 ArgInfo.setInReg(true); 5651 return ArgInfo; 5652 } 5653 } 5654 5655 return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(0); 5656 } 5657 5658 // Treat an enum type as its underlying type. 5659 if (const EnumType *EnumTy = RetTy->getAs<EnumType>()) 5660 RetTy = EnumTy->getDecl()->getIntegerType(); 5661 5662 return (RetTy->isPromotableIntegerType() ? 5663 ABIArgInfo::getExtend() : ABIArgInfo::getDirect()); 5664 } 5665 5666 void MipsABIInfo::computeInfo(CGFunctionInfo &FI) const { 5667 ABIArgInfo &RetInfo = FI.getReturnInfo(); 5668 if (!getCXXABI().classifyReturnType(FI)) 5669 RetInfo = classifyReturnType(FI.getReturnType()); 5670 5671 // Check if a pointer to an aggregate is passed as a hidden argument. 5672 uint64_t Offset = RetInfo.isIndirect() ? MinABIStackAlignInBytes : 0; 5673 5674 for (auto &I : FI.arguments()) 5675 I.info = classifyArgumentType(I.type, Offset); 5676 } 5677 5678 llvm::Value* MipsABIInfo::EmitVAArg(llvm::Value *VAListAddr, QualType Ty, 5679 CodeGenFunction &CGF) const { 5680 llvm::Type *BP = CGF.Int8PtrTy; 5681 llvm::Type *BPP = CGF.Int8PtrPtrTy; 5682 5683 CGBuilderTy &Builder = CGF.Builder; 5684 llvm::Value *VAListAddrAsBPP = Builder.CreateBitCast(VAListAddr, BPP, "ap"); 5685 llvm::Value *Addr = Builder.CreateLoad(VAListAddrAsBPP, "ap.cur"); 5686 int64_t TypeAlign = 5687 std::min(getContext().getTypeAlign(Ty) / 8, StackAlignInBytes); 5688 llvm::Type *PTy = llvm::PointerType::getUnqual(CGF.ConvertType(Ty)); 5689 llvm::Value *AddrTyped; 5690 unsigned PtrWidth = getTarget().getPointerWidth(0); 5691 llvm::IntegerType *IntTy = (PtrWidth == 32) ? CGF.Int32Ty : CGF.Int64Ty; 5692 5693 if (TypeAlign > MinABIStackAlignInBytes) { 5694 llvm::Value *AddrAsInt = CGF.Builder.CreatePtrToInt(Addr, IntTy); 5695 llvm::Value *Inc = llvm::ConstantInt::get(IntTy, TypeAlign - 1); 5696 llvm::Value *Mask = llvm::ConstantInt::get(IntTy, -TypeAlign); 5697 llvm::Value *Add = CGF.Builder.CreateAdd(AddrAsInt, Inc); 5698 llvm::Value *And = CGF.Builder.CreateAnd(Add, Mask); 5699 AddrTyped = CGF.Builder.CreateIntToPtr(And, PTy); 5700 } 5701 else 5702 AddrTyped = Builder.CreateBitCast(Addr, PTy); 5703 5704 llvm::Value *AlignedAddr = Builder.CreateBitCast(AddrTyped, BP); 5705 TypeAlign = std::max((unsigned)TypeAlign, MinABIStackAlignInBytes); 5706 uint64_t Offset = 5707 llvm::RoundUpToAlignment(CGF.getContext().getTypeSize(Ty) / 8, TypeAlign); 5708 llvm::Value *NextAddr = 5709 Builder.CreateGEP(AlignedAddr, llvm::ConstantInt::get(IntTy, Offset), 5710 "ap.next"); 5711 Builder.CreateStore(NextAddr, VAListAddrAsBPP); 5712 5713 return AddrTyped; 5714 } 5715 5716 bool 5717 MIPSTargetCodeGenInfo::initDwarfEHRegSizeTable(CodeGen::CodeGenFunction &CGF, 5718 llvm::Value *Address) const { 5719 // This information comes from gcc's implementation, which seems to 5720 // as canonical as it gets. 5721 5722 // Everything on MIPS is 4 bytes. Double-precision FP registers 5723 // are aliased to pairs of single-precision FP registers. 5724 llvm::Value *Four8 = llvm::ConstantInt::get(CGF.Int8Ty, 4); 5725 5726 // 0-31 are the general purpose registers, $0 - $31. 5727 // 32-63 are the floating-point registers, $f0 - $f31. 5728 // 64 and 65 are the multiply/divide registers, $hi and $lo. 5729 // 66 is the (notional, I think) register for signal-handler return. 5730 AssignToArrayRange(CGF.Builder, Address, Four8, 0, 65); 5731 5732 // 67-74 are the floating-point status registers, $fcc0 - $fcc7. 5733 // They are one bit wide and ignored here. 5734 5735 // 80-111 are the coprocessor 0 registers, $c0r0 - $c0r31. 5736 // (coprocessor 1 is the FP unit) 5737 // 112-143 are the coprocessor 2 registers, $c2r0 - $c2r31. 5738 // 144-175 are the coprocessor 3 registers, $c3r0 - $c3r31. 5739 // 176-181 are the DSP accumulator registers. 5740 AssignToArrayRange(CGF.Builder, Address, Four8, 80, 181); 5741 return false; 5742 } 5743 5744 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// 5745 // TCE ABI Implementation (see http://tce.cs.tut.fi). Uses mostly the defaults. 5746 // Currently subclassed only to implement custom OpenCL C function attribute 5747 // handling. 5748 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// 5749 5750 namespace { 5751 5752 class TCETargetCodeGenInfo : public DefaultTargetCodeGenInfo { 5753 public: 5754 TCETargetCodeGenInfo(CodeGenTypes &CGT) 5755 : DefaultTargetCodeGenInfo(CGT) {} 5756 5757 void SetTargetAttributes(const Decl *D, llvm::GlobalValue *GV, 5758 CodeGen::CodeGenModule &M) const override; 5759 }; 5760 5761 void TCETargetCodeGenInfo::SetTargetAttributes(const Decl *D, 5762 llvm::GlobalValue *GV, 5763 CodeGen::CodeGenModule &M) const { 5764 const FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D); 5765 if (!FD) return; 5766 5767 llvm::Function *F = cast<llvm::Function>(GV); 5768 5769 if (M.getLangOpts().OpenCL) { 5770 if (FD->hasAttr<OpenCLKernelAttr>()) { 5771 // OpenCL C Kernel functions are not subject to inlining 5772 F->addFnAttr(llvm::Attribute::NoInline); 5773 const ReqdWorkGroupSizeAttr *Attr = FD->getAttr<ReqdWorkGroupSizeAttr>(); 5774 if (Attr) { 5775 // Convert the reqd_work_group_size() attributes to metadata. 5776 llvm::LLVMContext &Context = F->getContext(); 5777 llvm::NamedMDNode *OpenCLMetadata = 5778 M.getModule().getOrInsertNamedMetadata("opencl.kernel_wg_size_info"); 5779 5780 SmallVector<llvm::Value*, 5> Operands; 5781 Operands.push_back(F); 5782 5783 Operands.push_back(llvm::Constant::getIntegerValue(M.Int32Ty, 5784 llvm::APInt(32, Attr->getXDim()))); 5785 Operands.push_back(llvm::Constant::getIntegerValue(M.Int32Ty, 5786 llvm::APInt(32, Attr->getYDim()))); 5787 Operands.push_back(llvm::Constant::getIntegerValue(M.Int32Ty, 5788 llvm::APInt(32, Attr->getZDim()))); 5789 5790 // Add a boolean constant operand for "required" (true) or "hint" (false) 5791 // for implementing the work_group_size_hint attr later. Currently 5792 // always true as the hint is not yet implemented. 5793 Operands.push_back(llvm::ConstantInt::getTrue(Context)); 5794 OpenCLMetadata->addOperand(llvm::MDNode::get(Context, Operands)); 5795 } 5796 } 5797 } 5798 } 5799 5800 } 5801 5802 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// 5803 // Hexagon ABI Implementation 5804 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// 5805 5806 namespace { 5807 5808 class HexagonABIInfo : public ABIInfo { 5809 5810 5811 public: 5812 HexagonABIInfo(CodeGenTypes &CGT) : ABIInfo(CGT) {} 5813 5814 private: 5815 5816 ABIArgInfo classifyReturnType(QualType RetTy) const; 5817 ABIArgInfo classifyArgumentType(QualType RetTy) const; 5818 5819 void computeInfo(CGFunctionInfo &FI) const override; 5820 5821 llvm::Value *EmitVAArg(llvm::Value *VAListAddr, QualType Ty, 5822 CodeGenFunction &CGF) const override; 5823 }; 5824 5825 class HexagonTargetCodeGenInfo : public TargetCodeGenInfo { 5826 public: 5827 HexagonTargetCodeGenInfo(CodeGenTypes &CGT) 5828 :TargetCodeGenInfo(new HexagonABIInfo(CGT)) {} 5829 5830 int getDwarfEHStackPointer(CodeGen::CodeGenModule &M) const override { 5831 return 29; 5832 } 5833 }; 5834 5835 } 5836 5837 void HexagonABIInfo::computeInfo(CGFunctionInfo &FI) const { 5838 if (!getCXXABI().classifyReturnType(FI)) 5839 FI.getReturnInfo() = classifyReturnType(FI.getReturnType()); 5840 for (auto &I : FI.arguments()) 5841 I.info = classifyArgumentType(I.type); 5842 } 5843 5844 ABIArgInfo HexagonABIInfo::classifyArgumentType(QualType Ty) const { 5845 if (!isAggregateTypeForABI(Ty)) { 5846 // Treat an enum type as its underlying type. 5847 if (const EnumType *EnumTy = Ty->getAs<EnumType>()) 5848 Ty = EnumTy->getDecl()->getIntegerType(); 5849 5850 return (Ty->isPromotableIntegerType() ? 5851 ABIArgInfo::getExtend() : ABIArgInfo::getDirect()); 5852 } 5853 5854 // Ignore empty records. 5855 if (isEmptyRecord(getContext(), Ty, true)) 5856 return ABIArgInfo::getIgnore(); 5857 5858 if (CGCXXABI::RecordArgABI RAA = getRecordArgABI(Ty, getCXXABI())) 5859 return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(0, RAA == CGCXXABI::RAA_DirectInMemory); 5860 5861 uint64_t Size = getContext().getTypeSize(Ty); 5862 if (Size > 64) 5863 return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(0, /*ByVal=*/true); 5864 // Pass in the smallest viable integer type. 5865 else if (Size > 32) 5866 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(llvm::Type::getInt64Ty(getVMContext())); 5867 else if (Size > 16) 5868 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(llvm::Type::getInt32Ty(getVMContext())); 5869 else if (Size > 8) 5870 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(llvm::Type::getInt16Ty(getVMContext())); 5871 else 5872 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(llvm::Type::getInt8Ty(getVMContext())); 5873 } 5874 5875 ABIArgInfo HexagonABIInfo::classifyReturnType(QualType RetTy) const { 5876 if (RetTy->isVoidType()) 5877 return ABIArgInfo::getIgnore(); 5878 5879 // Large vector types should be returned via memory. 5880 if (RetTy->isVectorType() && getContext().getTypeSize(RetTy) > 64) 5881 return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(0); 5882 5883 if (!isAggregateTypeForABI(RetTy)) { 5884 // Treat an enum type as its underlying type. 5885 if (const EnumType *EnumTy = RetTy->getAs<EnumType>()) 5886 RetTy = EnumTy->getDecl()->getIntegerType(); 5887 5888 return (RetTy->isPromotableIntegerType() ? 5889 ABIArgInfo::getExtend() : ABIArgInfo::getDirect()); 5890 } 5891 5892 if (isEmptyRecord(getContext(), RetTy, true)) 5893 return ABIArgInfo::getIgnore(); 5894 5895 // Aggregates <= 8 bytes are returned in r0; other aggregates 5896 // are returned indirectly. 5897 uint64_t Size = getContext().getTypeSize(RetTy); 5898 if (Size <= 64) { 5899 // Return in the smallest viable integer type. 5900 if (Size <= 8) 5901 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(llvm::Type::getInt8Ty(getVMContext())); 5902 if (Size <= 16) 5903 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(llvm::Type::getInt16Ty(getVMContext())); 5904 if (Size <= 32) 5905 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(llvm::Type::getInt32Ty(getVMContext())); 5906 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(llvm::Type::getInt64Ty(getVMContext())); 5907 } 5908 5909 return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(0, /*ByVal=*/true); 5910 } 5911 5912 llvm::Value *HexagonABIInfo::EmitVAArg(llvm::Value *VAListAddr, QualType Ty, 5913 CodeGenFunction &CGF) const { 5914 // FIXME: Need to handle alignment 5915 llvm::Type *BPP = CGF.Int8PtrPtrTy; 5916 5917 CGBuilderTy &Builder = CGF.Builder; 5918 llvm::Value *VAListAddrAsBPP = Builder.CreateBitCast(VAListAddr, BPP, 5919 "ap"); 5920 llvm::Value *Addr = Builder.CreateLoad(VAListAddrAsBPP, "ap.cur"); 5921 llvm::Type *PTy = 5922 llvm::PointerType::getUnqual(CGF.ConvertType(Ty)); 5923 llvm::Value *AddrTyped = Builder.CreateBitCast(Addr, PTy); 5924 5925 uint64_t Offset = 5926 llvm::RoundUpToAlignment(CGF.getContext().getTypeSize(Ty) / 8, 4); 5927 llvm::Value *NextAddr = 5928 Builder.CreateGEP(Addr, llvm::ConstantInt::get(CGF.Int32Ty, Offset), 5929 "ap.next"); 5930 Builder.CreateStore(NextAddr, VAListAddrAsBPP); 5931 5932 return AddrTyped; 5933 } 5934 5935 5936 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// 5937 // SPARC v9 ABI Implementation. 5938 // Based on the SPARC Compliance Definition version 2.4.1. 5939 // 5940 // Function arguments a mapped to a nominal "parameter array" and promoted to 5941 // registers depending on their type. Each argument occupies 8 or 16 bytes in 5942 // the array, structs larger than 16 bytes are passed indirectly. 5943 // 5944 // One case requires special care: 5945 // 5946 // struct mixed { 5947 // int i; 5948 // float f; 5949 // }; 5950 // 5951 // When a struct mixed is passed by value, it only occupies 8 bytes in the 5952 // parameter array, but the int is passed in an integer register, and the float 5953 // is passed in a floating point register. This is represented as two arguments 5954 // with the LLVM IR inreg attribute: 5955 // 5956 // declare void f(i32 inreg %i, float inreg %f) 5957 // 5958 // The code generator will only allocate 4 bytes from the parameter array for 5959 // the inreg arguments. All other arguments are allocated a multiple of 8 5960 // bytes. 5961 // 5962 namespace { 5963 class SparcV9ABIInfo : public ABIInfo { 5964 public: 5965 SparcV9ABIInfo(CodeGenTypes &CGT) : ABIInfo(CGT) {} 5966 5967 private: 5968 ABIArgInfo classifyType(QualType RetTy, unsigned SizeLimit) const; 5969 void computeInfo(CGFunctionInfo &FI) const override; 5970 llvm::Value *EmitVAArg(llvm::Value *VAListAddr, QualType Ty, 5971 CodeGenFunction &CGF) const override; 5972 5973 // Coercion type builder for structs passed in registers. The coercion type 5974 // serves two purposes: 5975 // 5976 // 1. Pad structs to a multiple of 64 bits, so they are passed 'left-aligned' 5977 // in registers. 5978 // 2. Expose aligned floating point elements as first-level elements, so the 5979 // code generator knows to pass them in floating point registers. 5980 // 5981 // We also compute the InReg flag which indicates that the struct contains 5982 // aligned 32-bit floats. 5983 // 5984 struct CoerceBuilder { 5985 llvm::LLVMContext &Context; 5986 const llvm::DataLayout &DL; 5987 SmallVector<llvm::Type*, 8> Elems; 5988 uint64_t Size; 5989 bool InReg; 5990 5991 CoerceBuilder(llvm::LLVMContext &c, const llvm::DataLayout &dl) 5992 : Context(c), DL(dl), Size(0), InReg(false) {} 5993 5994 // Pad Elems with integers until Size is ToSize. 5995 void pad(uint64_t ToSize) { 5996 assert(ToSize >= Size && "Cannot remove elements"); 5997 if (ToSize == Size) 5998 return; 5999 6000 // Finish the current 64-bit word. 6001 uint64_t Aligned = llvm::RoundUpToAlignment(Size, 64); 6002 if (Aligned > Size && Aligned <= ToSize) { 6003 Elems.push_back(llvm::IntegerType::get(Context, Aligned - Size)); 6004 Size = Aligned; 6005 } 6006 6007 // Add whole 64-bit words. 6008 while (Size + 64 <= ToSize) { 6009 Elems.push_back(llvm::Type::getInt64Ty(Context)); 6010 Size += 64; 6011 } 6012 6013 // Final in-word padding. 6014 if (Size < ToSize) { 6015 Elems.push_back(llvm::IntegerType::get(Context, ToSize - Size)); 6016 Size = ToSize; 6017 } 6018 } 6019 6020 // Add a floating point element at Offset. 6021 void addFloat(uint64_t Offset, llvm::Type *Ty, unsigned Bits) { 6022 // Unaligned floats are treated as integers. 6023 if (Offset % Bits) 6024 return; 6025 // The InReg flag is only required if there are any floats < 64 bits. 6026 if (Bits < 64) 6027 InReg = true; 6028 pad(Offset); 6029 Elems.push_back(Ty); 6030 Size = Offset + Bits; 6031 } 6032 6033 // Add a struct type to the coercion type, starting at Offset (in bits). 6034 void addStruct(uint64_t Offset, llvm::StructType *StrTy) { 6035 const llvm::StructLayout *Layout = DL.getStructLayout(StrTy); 6036 for (unsigned i = 0, e = StrTy->getNumElements(); i != e; ++i) { 6037 llvm::Type *ElemTy = StrTy->getElementType(i); 6038 uint64_t ElemOffset = Offset + Layout->getElementOffsetInBits(i); 6039 switch (ElemTy->getTypeID()) { 6040 case llvm::Type::StructTyID: 6041 addStruct(ElemOffset, cast<llvm::StructType>(ElemTy)); 6042 break; 6043 case llvm::Type::FloatTyID: 6044 addFloat(ElemOffset, ElemTy, 32); 6045 break; 6046 case llvm::Type::DoubleTyID: 6047 addFloat(ElemOffset, ElemTy, 64); 6048 break; 6049 case llvm::Type::FP128TyID: 6050 addFloat(ElemOffset, ElemTy, 128); 6051 break; 6052 case llvm::Type::PointerTyID: 6053 if (ElemOffset % 64 == 0) { 6054 pad(ElemOffset); 6055 Elems.push_back(ElemTy); 6056 Size += 64; 6057 } 6058 break; 6059 default: 6060 break; 6061 } 6062 } 6063 } 6064 6065 // Check if Ty is a usable substitute for the coercion type. 6066 bool isUsableType(llvm::StructType *Ty) const { 6067 if (Ty->getNumElements() != Elems.size()) 6068 return false; 6069 for (unsigned i = 0, e = Elems.size(); i != e; ++i) 6070 if (Elems[i] != Ty->getElementType(i)) 6071 return false; 6072 return true; 6073 } 6074 6075 // Get the coercion type as a literal struct type. 6076 llvm::Type *getType() const { 6077 if (Elems.size() == 1) 6078 return Elems.front(); 6079 else 6080 return llvm::StructType::get(Context, Elems); 6081 } 6082 }; 6083 }; 6084 } // end anonymous namespace 6085 6086 ABIArgInfo 6087 SparcV9ABIInfo::classifyType(QualType Ty, unsigned SizeLimit) const { 6088 if (Ty->isVoidType()) 6089 return ABIArgInfo::getIgnore(); 6090 6091 uint64_t Size = getContext().getTypeSize(Ty); 6092 6093 // Anything too big to fit in registers is passed with an explicit indirect 6094 // pointer / sret pointer. 6095 if (Size > SizeLimit) 6096 return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(0, /*ByVal=*/false); 6097 6098 // Treat an enum type as its underlying type. 6099 if (const EnumType *EnumTy = Ty->getAs<EnumType>()) 6100 Ty = EnumTy->getDecl()->getIntegerType(); 6101 6102 // Integer types smaller than a register are extended. 6103 if (Size < 64 && Ty->isIntegerType()) 6104 return ABIArgInfo::getExtend(); 6105 6106 // Other non-aggregates go in registers. 6107 if (!isAggregateTypeForABI(Ty)) 6108 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(); 6109 6110 // If a C++ object has either a non-trivial copy constructor or a non-trivial 6111 // destructor, it is passed with an explicit indirect pointer / sret pointer. 6112 if (CGCXXABI::RecordArgABI RAA = getRecordArgABI(Ty, getCXXABI())) 6113 return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(0, RAA == CGCXXABI::RAA_DirectInMemory); 6114 6115 // This is a small aggregate type that should be passed in registers. 6116 // Build a coercion type from the LLVM struct type. 6117 llvm::StructType *StrTy = dyn_cast<llvm::StructType>(CGT.ConvertType(Ty)); 6118 if (!StrTy) 6119 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(); 6120 6121 CoerceBuilder CB(getVMContext(), getDataLayout()); 6122 CB.addStruct(0, StrTy); 6123 CB.pad(llvm::RoundUpToAlignment(CB.DL.getTypeSizeInBits(StrTy), 64)); 6124 6125 // Try to use the original type for coercion. 6126 llvm::Type *CoerceTy = CB.isUsableType(StrTy) ? StrTy : CB.getType(); 6127 6128 if (CB.InReg) 6129 return ABIArgInfo::getDirectInReg(CoerceTy); 6130 else 6131 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(CoerceTy); 6132 } 6133 6134 llvm::Value *SparcV9ABIInfo::EmitVAArg(llvm::Value *VAListAddr, QualType Ty, 6135 CodeGenFunction &CGF) const { 6136 ABIArgInfo AI = classifyType(Ty, 16 * 8); 6137 llvm::Type *ArgTy = CGT.ConvertType(Ty); 6138 if (AI.canHaveCoerceToType() && !AI.getCoerceToType()) 6139 AI.setCoerceToType(ArgTy); 6140 6141 llvm::Type *BPP = CGF.Int8PtrPtrTy; 6142 CGBuilderTy &Builder = CGF.Builder; 6143 llvm::Value *VAListAddrAsBPP = Builder.CreateBitCast(VAListAddr, BPP, "ap"); 6144 llvm::Value *Addr = Builder.CreateLoad(VAListAddrAsBPP, "ap.cur"); 6145 llvm::Type *ArgPtrTy = llvm::PointerType::getUnqual(ArgTy); 6146 llvm::Value *ArgAddr; 6147 unsigned Stride; 6148 6149 switch (AI.getKind()) { 6150 case ABIArgInfo::Expand: 6151 case ABIArgInfo::InAlloca: 6152 llvm_unreachable("Unsupported ABI kind for va_arg"); 6153 6154 case ABIArgInfo::Extend: 6155 Stride = 8; 6156 ArgAddr = Builder 6157 .CreateConstGEP1_32(Addr, 8 - getDataLayout().getTypeAllocSize(ArgTy), 6158 "extend"); 6159 break; 6160 6161 case ABIArgInfo::Direct: 6162 Stride = getDataLayout().getTypeAllocSize(AI.getCoerceToType()); 6163 ArgAddr = Addr; 6164 break; 6165 6166 case ABIArgInfo::Indirect: 6167 Stride = 8; 6168 ArgAddr = Builder.CreateBitCast(Addr, 6169 llvm::PointerType::getUnqual(ArgPtrTy), 6170 "indirect"); 6171 ArgAddr = Builder.CreateLoad(ArgAddr, "indirect.arg"); 6172 break; 6173 6174 case ABIArgInfo::Ignore: 6175 return llvm::UndefValue::get(ArgPtrTy); 6176 } 6177 6178 // Update VAList. 6179 Addr = Builder.CreateConstGEP1_32(Addr, Stride, "ap.next"); 6180 Builder.CreateStore(Addr, VAListAddrAsBPP); 6181 6182 return Builder.CreatePointerCast(ArgAddr, ArgPtrTy, "arg.addr"); 6183 } 6184 6185 void SparcV9ABIInfo::computeInfo(CGFunctionInfo &FI) const { 6186 FI.getReturnInfo() = classifyType(FI.getReturnType(), 32 * 8); 6187 for (auto &I : FI.arguments()) 6188 I.info = classifyType(I.type, 16 * 8); 6189 } 6190 6191 namespace { 6192 class SparcV9TargetCodeGenInfo : public TargetCodeGenInfo { 6193 public: 6194 SparcV9TargetCodeGenInfo(CodeGenTypes &CGT) 6195 : TargetCodeGenInfo(new SparcV9ABIInfo(CGT)) {} 6196 6197 int getDwarfEHStackPointer(CodeGen::CodeGenModule &M) const override { 6198 return 14; 6199 } 6200 6201 bool initDwarfEHRegSizeTable(CodeGen::CodeGenFunction &CGF, 6202 llvm::Value *Address) const override; 6203 }; 6204 } // end anonymous namespace 6205 6206 bool 6207 SparcV9TargetCodeGenInfo::initDwarfEHRegSizeTable(CodeGen::CodeGenFunction &CGF, 6208 llvm::Value *Address) const { 6209 // This is calculated from the LLVM and GCC tables and verified 6210 // against gcc output. AFAIK all ABIs use the same encoding. 6211 6212 CodeGen::CGBuilderTy &Builder = CGF.Builder; 6213 6214 llvm::IntegerType *i8 = CGF.Int8Ty; 6215 llvm::Value *Four8 = llvm::ConstantInt::get(i8, 4); 6216 llvm::Value *Eight8 = llvm::ConstantInt::get(i8, 8); 6217 6218 // 0-31: the 8-byte general-purpose registers 6219 AssignToArrayRange(Builder, Address, Eight8, 0, 31); 6220 6221 // 32-63: f0-31, the 4-byte floating-point registers 6222 AssignToArrayRange(Builder, Address, Four8, 32, 63); 6223 6224 // Y = 64 6225 // PSR = 65 6226 // WIM = 66 6227 // TBR = 67 6228 // PC = 68 6229 // NPC = 69 6230 // FSR = 70 6231 // CSR = 71 6232 AssignToArrayRange(Builder, Address, Eight8, 64, 71); 6233 6234 // 72-87: d0-15, the 8-byte floating-point registers 6235 AssignToArrayRange(Builder, Address, Eight8, 72, 87); 6236 6237 return false; 6238 } 6239 6240 6241 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// 6242 // XCore ABI Implementation 6243 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// 6244 6245 namespace { 6246 6247 /// A SmallStringEnc instance is used to build up the TypeString by passing 6248 /// it by reference between functions that append to it. 6249 typedef llvm::SmallString<128> SmallStringEnc; 6250 6251 /// TypeStringCache caches the meta encodings of Types. 6252 /// 6253 /// The reason for caching TypeStrings is two fold: 6254 /// 1. To cache a type's encoding for later uses; 6255 /// 2. As a means to break recursive member type inclusion. 6256 /// 6257 /// A cache Entry can have a Status of: 6258 /// NonRecursive: The type encoding is not recursive; 6259 /// Recursive: The type encoding is recursive; 6260 /// Incomplete: An incomplete TypeString; 6261 /// IncompleteUsed: An incomplete TypeString that has been used in a 6262 /// Recursive type encoding. 6263 /// 6264 /// A NonRecursive entry will have all of its sub-members expanded as fully 6265 /// as possible. Whilst it may contain types which are recursive, the type 6266 /// itself is not recursive and thus its encoding may be safely used whenever 6267 /// the type is encountered. 6268 /// 6269 /// A Recursive entry will have all of its sub-members expanded as fully as 6270 /// possible. The type itself is recursive and it may contain other types which 6271 /// are recursive. The Recursive encoding must not be used during the expansion 6272 /// of a recursive type's recursive branch. For simplicity the code uses 6273 /// IncompleteCount to reject all usage of Recursive encodings for member types. 6274 /// 6275 /// An Incomplete entry is always a RecordType and only encodes its 6276 /// identifier e.g. "s(S){}". Incomplete 'StubEnc' entries are ephemeral and 6277 /// are placed into the cache during type expansion as a means to identify and 6278 /// handle recursive inclusion of types as sub-members. If there is recursion 6279 /// the entry becomes IncompleteUsed. 6280 /// 6281 /// During the expansion of a RecordType's members: 6282 /// 6283 /// If the cache contains a NonRecursive encoding for the member type, the 6284 /// cached encoding is used; 6285 /// 6286 /// If the cache contains a Recursive encoding for the member type, the 6287 /// cached encoding is 'Swapped' out, as it may be incorrect, and... 6288 /// 6289 /// If the member is a RecordType, an Incomplete encoding is placed into the 6290 /// cache to break potential recursive inclusion of itself as a sub-member; 6291 /// 6292 /// Once a member RecordType has been expanded, its temporary incomplete 6293 /// entry is removed from the cache. If a Recursive encoding was swapped out 6294 /// it is swapped back in; 6295 /// 6296 /// If an incomplete entry is used to expand a sub-member, the incomplete 6297 /// entry is marked as IncompleteUsed. The cache keeps count of how many 6298 /// IncompleteUsed entries it currently contains in IncompleteUsedCount; 6299 /// 6300 /// If a member's encoding is found to be a NonRecursive or Recursive viz: 6301 /// IncompleteUsedCount==0, the member's encoding is added to the cache. 6302 /// Else the member is part of a recursive type and thus the recursion has 6303 /// been exited too soon for the encoding to be correct for the member. 6304 /// 6305 class TypeStringCache { 6306 enum Status {NonRecursive, Recursive, Incomplete, IncompleteUsed}; 6307 struct Entry { 6308 std::string Str; // The encoded TypeString for the type. 6309 enum Status State; // Information about the encoding in 'Str'. 6310 std::string Swapped; // A temporary place holder for a Recursive encoding 6311 // during the expansion of RecordType's members. 6312 }; 6313 std::map<const IdentifierInfo *, struct Entry> Map; 6314 unsigned IncompleteCount; // Number of Incomplete entries in the Map. 6315 unsigned IncompleteUsedCount; // Number of IncompleteUsed entries in the Map. 6316 public: 6317 TypeStringCache() : IncompleteCount(0), IncompleteUsedCount(0) {}; 6318 void addIncomplete(const IdentifierInfo *ID, std::string StubEnc); 6319 bool removeIncomplete(const IdentifierInfo *ID); 6320 void addIfComplete(const IdentifierInfo *ID, StringRef Str, 6321 bool IsRecursive); 6322 StringRef lookupStr(const IdentifierInfo *ID); 6323 }; 6324 6325 /// TypeString encodings for enum & union fields must be order. 6326 /// FieldEncoding is a helper for this ordering process. 6327 class FieldEncoding { 6328 bool HasName; 6329 std::string Enc; 6330 public: 6331 FieldEncoding(bool b, SmallStringEnc &e) : HasName(b), Enc(e.c_str()) {}; 6332 StringRef str() {return Enc.c_str();}; 6333 bool operator<(const FieldEncoding &rhs) const { 6334 if (HasName != rhs.HasName) return HasName; 6335 return Enc < rhs.Enc; 6336 } 6337 }; 6338 6339 class XCoreABIInfo : public DefaultABIInfo { 6340 public: 6341 XCoreABIInfo(CodeGen::CodeGenTypes &CGT) : DefaultABIInfo(CGT) {} 6342 llvm::Value *EmitVAArg(llvm::Value *VAListAddr, QualType Ty, 6343 CodeGenFunction &CGF) const override; 6344 }; 6345 6346 class XCoreTargetCodeGenInfo : public TargetCodeGenInfo { 6347 mutable TypeStringCache TSC; 6348 public: 6349 XCoreTargetCodeGenInfo(CodeGenTypes &CGT) 6350 :TargetCodeGenInfo(new XCoreABIInfo(CGT)) {} 6351 void emitTargetMD(const Decl *D, llvm::GlobalValue *GV, 6352 CodeGen::CodeGenModule &M) const override; 6353 }; 6354 6355 } // End anonymous namespace. 6356 6357 llvm::Value *XCoreABIInfo::EmitVAArg(llvm::Value *VAListAddr, QualType Ty, 6358 CodeGenFunction &CGF) const { 6359 CGBuilderTy &Builder = CGF.Builder; 6360 6361 // Get the VAList. 6362 llvm::Value *VAListAddrAsBPP = Builder.CreateBitCast(VAListAddr, 6363 CGF.Int8PtrPtrTy); 6364 llvm::Value *AP = Builder.CreateLoad(VAListAddrAsBPP); 6365 6366 // Handle the argument. 6367 ABIArgInfo AI = classifyArgumentType(Ty); 6368 llvm::Type *ArgTy = CGT.ConvertType(Ty); 6369 if (AI.canHaveCoerceToType() && !AI.getCoerceToType()) 6370 AI.setCoerceToType(ArgTy); 6371 llvm::Type *ArgPtrTy = llvm::PointerType::getUnqual(ArgTy); 6372 llvm::Value *Val; 6373 uint64_t ArgSize = 0; 6374 switch (AI.getKind()) { 6375 case ABIArgInfo::Expand: 6376 case ABIArgInfo::InAlloca: 6377 llvm_unreachable("Unsupported ABI kind for va_arg"); 6378 case ABIArgInfo::Ignore: 6379 Val = llvm::UndefValue::get(ArgPtrTy); 6380 ArgSize = 0; 6381 break; 6382 case ABIArgInfo::Extend: 6383 case ABIArgInfo::Direct: 6384 Val = Builder.CreatePointerCast(AP, ArgPtrTy); 6385 ArgSize = getDataLayout().getTypeAllocSize(AI.getCoerceToType()); 6386 if (ArgSize < 4) 6387 ArgSize = 4; 6388 break; 6389 case ABIArgInfo::Indirect: 6390 llvm::Value *ArgAddr; 6391 ArgAddr = Builder.CreateBitCast(AP, llvm::PointerType::getUnqual(ArgPtrTy)); 6392 ArgAddr = Builder.CreateLoad(ArgAddr); 6393 Val = Builder.CreatePointerCast(ArgAddr, ArgPtrTy); 6394 ArgSize = 4; 6395 break; 6396 } 6397 6398 // Increment the VAList. 6399 if (ArgSize) { 6400 llvm::Value *APN = Builder.CreateConstGEP1_32(AP, ArgSize); 6401 Builder.CreateStore(APN, VAListAddrAsBPP); 6402 } 6403 return Val; 6404 } 6405 6406 /// During the expansion of a RecordType, an incomplete TypeString is placed 6407 /// into the cache as a means to identify and break recursion. 6408 /// If there is a Recursive encoding in the cache, it is swapped out and will 6409 /// be reinserted by removeIncomplete(). 6410 /// All other types of encoding should have been used rather than arriving here. 6411 void TypeStringCache::addIncomplete(const IdentifierInfo *ID, 6412 std::string StubEnc) { 6413 if (!ID) 6414 return; 6415 Entry &E = Map[ID]; 6416 assert( (E.Str.empty() || E.State == Recursive) && 6417 "Incorrectly use of addIncomplete"); 6418 assert(!StubEnc.empty() && "Passing an empty string to addIncomplete()"); 6419 E.Swapped.swap(E.Str); // swap out the Recursive 6420 E.Str.swap(StubEnc); 6421 E.State = Incomplete; 6422 ++IncompleteCount; 6423 } 6424 6425 /// Once the RecordType has been expanded, the temporary incomplete TypeString 6426 /// must be removed from the cache. 6427 /// If a Recursive was swapped out by addIncomplete(), it will be replaced. 6428 /// Returns true if the RecordType was defined recursively. 6429 bool TypeStringCache::removeIncomplete(const IdentifierInfo *ID) { 6430 if (!ID) 6431 return false; 6432 auto I = Map.find(ID); 6433 assert(I != Map.end() && "Entry not present"); 6434 Entry &E = I->second; 6435 assert( (E.State == Incomplete || 6436 E.State == IncompleteUsed) && 6437 "Entry must be an incomplete type"); 6438 bool IsRecursive = false; 6439 if (E.State == IncompleteUsed) { 6440 // We made use of our Incomplete encoding, thus we are recursive. 6441 IsRecursive = true; 6442 --IncompleteUsedCount; 6443 } 6444 if (E.Swapped.empty()) 6445 Map.erase(I); 6446 else { 6447 // Swap the Recursive back. 6448 E.Swapped.swap(E.Str); 6449 E.Swapped.clear(); 6450 E.State = Recursive; 6451 } 6452 --IncompleteCount; 6453 return IsRecursive; 6454 } 6455 6456 /// Add the encoded TypeString to the cache only if it is NonRecursive or 6457 /// Recursive (viz: all sub-members were expanded as fully as possible). 6458 void TypeStringCache::addIfComplete(const IdentifierInfo *ID, StringRef Str, 6459 bool IsRecursive) { 6460 if (!ID || IncompleteUsedCount) 6461 return; // No key or it is is an incomplete sub-type so don't add. 6462 Entry &E = Map[ID]; 6463 if (IsRecursive && !E.Str.empty()) { 6464 assert(E.State==Recursive && E.Str.size() == Str.size() && 6465 "This is not the same Recursive entry"); 6466 // The parent container was not recursive after all, so we could have used 6467 // this Recursive sub-member entry after all, but we assumed the worse when 6468 // we started viz: IncompleteCount!=0. 6469 return; 6470 } 6471 assert(E.Str.empty() && "Entry already present"); 6472 E.Str = Str.str(); 6473 E.State = IsRecursive? Recursive : NonRecursive; 6474 } 6475 6476 /// Return a cached TypeString encoding for the ID. If there isn't one, or we 6477 /// are recursively expanding a type (IncompleteCount != 0) and the cached 6478 /// encoding is Recursive, return an empty StringRef. 6479 StringRef TypeStringCache::lookupStr(const IdentifierInfo *ID) { 6480 if (!ID) 6481 return StringRef(); // We have no key. 6482 auto I = Map.find(ID); 6483 if (I == Map.end()) 6484 return StringRef(); // We have no encoding. 6485 Entry &E = I->second; 6486 if (E.State == Recursive && IncompleteCount) 6487 return StringRef(); // We don't use Recursive encodings for member types. 6488 6489 if (E.State == Incomplete) { 6490 // The incomplete type is being used to break out of recursion. 6491 E.State = IncompleteUsed; 6492 ++IncompleteUsedCount; 6493 } 6494 return E.Str.c_str(); 6495 } 6496 6497 /// The XCore ABI includes a type information section that communicates symbol 6498 /// type information to the linker. The linker uses this information to verify 6499 /// safety/correctness of things such as array bound and pointers et al. 6500 /// The ABI only requires C (and XC) language modules to emit TypeStrings. 6501 /// This type information (TypeString) is emitted into meta data for all global 6502 /// symbols: definitions, declarations, functions & variables. 6503 /// 6504 /// The TypeString carries type, qualifier, name, size & value details. 6505 /// Please see 'Tools Development Guide' section 2.16.2 for format details: 6506 /// <https://www.xmos.com/download/public/Tools-Development-Guide%28X9114A%29.pdf> 6507 /// The output is tested by test/CodeGen/xcore-stringtype.c. 6508 /// 6509 static bool getTypeString(SmallStringEnc &Enc, const Decl *D, 6510 CodeGen::CodeGenModule &CGM, TypeStringCache &TSC); 6511 6512 /// XCore uses emitTargetMD to emit TypeString metadata for global symbols. 6513 void XCoreTargetCodeGenInfo::emitTargetMD(const Decl *D, llvm::GlobalValue *GV, 6514 CodeGen::CodeGenModule &CGM) const { 6515 SmallStringEnc Enc; 6516 if (getTypeString(Enc, D, CGM, TSC)) { 6517 llvm::LLVMContext &Ctx = CGM.getModule().getContext(); 6518 llvm::SmallVector<llvm::Value *, 2> MDVals; 6519 MDVals.push_back(GV); 6520 MDVals.push_back(llvm::MDString::get(Ctx, Enc.str())); 6521 llvm::NamedMDNode *MD = 6522 CGM.getModule().getOrInsertNamedMetadata("xcore.typestrings"); 6523 MD->addOperand(llvm::MDNode::get(Ctx, MDVals)); 6524 } 6525 } 6526 6527 static bool appendType(SmallStringEnc &Enc, QualType QType, 6528 const CodeGen::CodeGenModule &CGM, 6529 TypeStringCache &TSC); 6530 6531 /// Helper function for appendRecordType(). 6532 /// Builds a SmallVector containing the encoded field types in declaration order. 6533 static bool extractFieldType(SmallVectorImpl<FieldEncoding> &FE, 6534 const RecordDecl *RD, 6535 const CodeGen::CodeGenModule &CGM, 6536 TypeStringCache &TSC) { 6537 for (const auto *Field : RD->fields()) { 6538 SmallStringEnc Enc; 6539 Enc += "m("; 6540 Enc += Field->getName(); 6541 Enc += "){"; 6542 if (Field->isBitField()) { 6543 Enc += "b("; 6544 llvm::raw_svector_ostream OS(Enc); 6545 OS.resync(); 6546 OS << Field->getBitWidthValue(CGM.getContext()); 6547 OS.flush(); 6548 Enc += ':'; 6549 } 6550 if (!appendType(Enc, Field->getType(), CGM, TSC)) 6551 return false; 6552 if (Field->isBitField()) 6553 Enc += ')'; 6554 Enc += '}'; 6555 FE.push_back(FieldEncoding(!Field->getName().empty(), Enc)); 6556 } 6557 return true; 6558 } 6559 6560 /// Appends structure and union types to Enc and adds encoding to cache. 6561 /// Recursively calls appendType (via extractFieldType) for each field. 6562 /// Union types have their fields ordered according to the ABI. 6563 static bool appendRecordType(SmallStringEnc &Enc, const RecordType *RT, 6564 const CodeGen::CodeGenModule &CGM, 6565 TypeStringCache &TSC, const IdentifierInfo *ID) { 6566 // Append the cached TypeString if we have one. 6567 StringRef TypeString = TSC.lookupStr(ID); 6568 if (!TypeString.empty()) { 6569 Enc += TypeString; 6570 return true; 6571 } 6572 6573 // Start to emit an incomplete TypeString. 6574 size_t Start = Enc.size(); 6575 Enc += (RT->isUnionType()? 'u' : 's'); 6576 Enc += '('; 6577 if (ID) 6578 Enc += ID->getName(); 6579 Enc += "){"; 6580 6581 // We collect all encoded fields and order as necessary. 6582 bool IsRecursive = false; 6583 const RecordDecl *RD = RT->getDecl()->getDefinition(); 6584 if (RD && !RD->field_empty()) { 6585 // An incomplete TypeString stub is placed in the cache for this RecordType 6586 // so that recursive calls to this RecordType will use it whilst building a 6587 // complete TypeString for this RecordType. 6588 SmallVector<FieldEncoding, 16> FE; 6589 std::string StubEnc(Enc.substr(Start).str()); 6590 StubEnc += '}'; // StubEnc now holds a valid incomplete TypeString. 6591 TSC.addIncomplete(ID, std::move(StubEnc)); 6592 if (!extractFieldType(FE, RD, CGM, TSC)) { 6593 (void) TSC.removeIncomplete(ID); 6594 return false; 6595 } 6596 IsRecursive = TSC.removeIncomplete(ID); 6597 // The ABI requires unions to be sorted but not structures. 6598 // See FieldEncoding::operator< for sort algorithm. 6599 if (RT->isUnionType()) 6600 std::sort(FE.begin(), FE.end()); 6601 // We can now complete the TypeString. 6602 unsigned E = FE.size(); 6603 for (unsigned I = 0; I != E; ++I) { 6604 if (I) 6605 Enc += ','; 6606 Enc += FE[I].str(); 6607 } 6608 } 6609 Enc += '}'; 6610 TSC.addIfComplete(ID, Enc.substr(Start), IsRecursive); 6611 return true; 6612 } 6613 6614 /// Appends enum types to Enc and adds the encoding to the cache. 6615 static bool appendEnumType(SmallStringEnc &Enc, const EnumType *ET, 6616 TypeStringCache &TSC, 6617 const IdentifierInfo *ID) { 6618 // Append the cached TypeString if we have one. 6619 StringRef TypeString = TSC.lookupStr(ID); 6620 if (!TypeString.empty()) { 6621 Enc += TypeString; 6622 return true; 6623 } 6624 6625 size_t Start = Enc.size(); 6626 Enc += "e("; 6627 if (ID) 6628 Enc += ID->getName(); 6629 Enc += "){"; 6630 6631 // We collect all encoded enumerations and order them alphanumerically. 6632 if (const EnumDecl *ED = ET->getDecl()->getDefinition()) { 6633 SmallVector<FieldEncoding, 16> FE; 6634 for (auto I = ED->enumerator_begin(), E = ED->enumerator_end(); I != E; 6635 ++I) { 6636 SmallStringEnc EnumEnc; 6637 EnumEnc += "m("; 6638 EnumEnc += I->getName(); 6639 EnumEnc += "){"; 6640 I->getInitVal().toString(EnumEnc); 6641 EnumEnc += '}'; 6642 FE.push_back(FieldEncoding(!I->getName().empty(), EnumEnc)); 6643 } 6644 std::sort(FE.begin(), FE.end()); 6645 unsigned E = FE.size(); 6646 for (unsigned I = 0; I != E; ++I) { 6647 if (I) 6648 Enc += ','; 6649 Enc += FE[I].str(); 6650 } 6651 } 6652 Enc += '}'; 6653 TSC.addIfComplete(ID, Enc.substr(Start), false); 6654 return true; 6655 } 6656 6657 /// Appends type's qualifier to Enc. 6658 /// This is done prior to appending the type's encoding. 6659 static void appendQualifier(SmallStringEnc &Enc, QualType QT) { 6660 // Qualifiers are emitted in alphabetical order. 6661 static const char *Table[] = {"","c:","r:","cr:","v:","cv:","rv:","crv:"}; 6662 int Lookup = 0; 6663 if (QT.isConstQualified()) 6664 Lookup += 1<<0; 6665 if (QT.isRestrictQualified()) 6666 Lookup += 1<<1; 6667 if (QT.isVolatileQualified()) 6668 Lookup += 1<<2; 6669 Enc += Table[Lookup]; 6670 } 6671 6672 /// Appends built-in types to Enc. 6673 static bool appendBuiltinType(SmallStringEnc &Enc, const BuiltinType *BT) { 6674 const char *EncType; 6675 switch (BT->getKind()) { 6676 case BuiltinType::Void: 6677 EncType = "0"; 6678 break; 6679 case BuiltinType::Bool: 6680 EncType = "b"; 6681 break; 6682 case BuiltinType::Char_U: 6683 EncType = "uc"; 6684 break; 6685 case BuiltinType::UChar: 6686 EncType = "uc"; 6687 break; 6688 case BuiltinType::SChar: 6689 EncType = "sc"; 6690 break; 6691 case BuiltinType::UShort: 6692 EncType = "us"; 6693 break; 6694 case BuiltinType::Short: 6695 EncType = "ss"; 6696 break; 6697 case BuiltinType::UInt: 6698 EncType = "ui"; 6699 break; 6700 case BuiltinType::Int: 6701 EncType = "si"; 6702 break; 6703 case BuiltinType::ULong: 6704 EncType = "ul"; 6705 break; 6706 case BuiltinType::Long: 6707 EncType = "sl"; 6708 break; 6709 case BuiltinType::ULongLong: 6710 EncType = "ull"; 6711 break; 6712 case BuiltinType::LongLong: 6713 EncType = "sll"; 6714 break; 6715 case BuiltinType::Float: 6716 EncType = "ft"; 6717 break; 6718 case BuiltinType::Double: 6719 EncType = "d"; 6720 break; 6721 case BuiltinType::LongDouble: 6722 EncType = "ld"; 6723 break; 6724 default: 6725 return false; 6726 } 6727 Enc += EncType; 6728 return true; 6729 } 6730 6731 /// Appends a pointer encoding to Enc before calling appendType for the pointee. 6732 static bool appendPointerType(SmallStringEnc &Enc, const PointerType *PT, 6733 const CodeGen::CodeGenModule &CGM, 6734 TypeStringCache &TSC) { 6735 Enc += "p("; 6736 if (!appendType(Enc, PT->getPointeeType(), CGM, TSC)) 6737 return false; 6738 Enc += ')'; 6739 return true; 6740 } 6741 6742 /// Appends array encoding to Enc before calling appendType for the element. 6743 static bool appendArrayType(SmallStringEnc &Enc, QualType QT, 6744 const ArrayType *AT, 6745 const CodeGen::CodeGenModule &CGM, 6746 TypeStringCache &TSC, StringRef NoSizeEnc) { 6747 if (AT->getSizeModifier() != ArrayType::Normal) 6748 return false; 6749 Enc += "a("; 6750 if (const ConstantArrayType *CAT = dyn_cast<ConstantArrayType>(AT)) 6751 CAT->getSize().toStringUnsigned(Enc); 6752 else 6753 Enc += NoSizeEnc; // Global arrays use "*", otherwise it is "". 6754 Enc += ':'; 6755 // The Qualifiers should be attached to the type rather than the array. 6756 appendQualifier(Enc, QT); 6757 if (!appendType(Enc, AT->getElementType(), CGM, TSC)) 6758 return false; 6759 Enc += ')'; 6760 return true; 6761 } 6762 6763 /// Appends a function encoding to Enc, calling appendType for the return type 6764 /// and the arguments. 6765 static bool appendFunctionType(SmallStringEnc &Enc, const FunctionType *FT, 6766 const CodeGen::CodeGenModule &CGM, 6767 TypeStringCache &TSC) { 6768 Enc += "f{"; 6769 if (!appendType(Enc, FT->getReturnType(), CGM, TSC)) 6770 return false; 6771 Enc += "}("; 6772 if (const FunctionProtoType *FPT = FT->getAs<FunctionProtoType>()) { 6773 // N.B. we are only interested in the adjusted param types. 6774 auto I = FPT->param_type_begin(); 6775 auto E = FPT->param_type_end(); 6776 if (I != E) { 6777 do { 6778 if (!appendType(Enc, *I, CGM, TSC)) 6779 return false; 6780 ++I; 6781 if (I != E) 6782 Enc += ','; 6783 } while (I != E); 6784 if (FPT->isVariadic()) 6785 Enc += ",va"; 6786 } else { 6787 if (FPT->isVariadic()) 6788 Enc += "va"; 6789 else 6790 Enc += '0'; 6791 } 6792 } 6793 Enc += ')'; 6794 return true; 6795 } 6796 6797 /// Handles the type's qualifier before dispatching a call to handle specific 6798 /// type encodings. 6799 static bool appendType(SmallStringEnc &Enc, QualType QType, 6800 const CodeGen::CodeGenModule &CGM, 6801 TypeStringCache &TSC) { 6802 6803 QualType QT = QType.getCanonicalType(); 6804 6805 if (const ArrayType *AT = QT->getAsArrayTypeUnsafe()) 6806 // The Qualifiers should be attached to the type rather than the array. 6807 // Thus we don't call appendQualifier() here. 6808 return appendArrayType(Enc, QT, AT, CGM, TSC, ""); 6809 6810 appendQualifier(Enc, QT); 6811 6812 if (const BuiltinType *BT = QT->getAs<BuiltinType>()) 6813 return appendBuiltinType(Enc, BT); 6814 6815 if (const PointerType *PT = QT->getAs<PointerType>()) 6816 return appendPointerType(Enc, PT, CGM, TSC); 6817 6818 if (const EnumType *ET = QT->getAs<EnumType>()) 6819 return appendEnumType(Enc, ET, TSC, QT.getBaseTypeIdentifier()); 6820 6821 if (const RecordType *RT = QT->getAsStructureType()) 6822 return appendRecordType(Enc, RT, CGM, TSC, QT.getBaseTypeIdentifier()); 6823 6824 if (const RecordType *RT = QT->getAsUnionType()) 6825 return appendRecordType(Enc, RT, CGM, TSC, QT.getBaseTypeIdentifier()); 6826 6827 if (const FunctionType *FT = QT->getAs<FunctionType>()) 6828 return appendFunctionType(Enc, FT, CGM, TSC); 6829 6830 return false; 6831 } 6832 6833 static bool getTypeString(SmallStringEnc &Enc, const Decl *D, 6834 CodeGen::CodeGenModule &CGM, TypeStringCache &TSC) { 6835 if (!D) 6836 return false; 6837 6838 if (const FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D)) { 6839 if (FD->getLanguageLinkage() != CLanguageLinkage) 6840 return false; 6841 return appendType(Enc, FD->getType(), CGM, TSC); 6842 } 6843 6844 if (const VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) { 6845 if (VD->getLanguageLinkage() != CLanguageLinkage) 6846 return false; 6847 QualType QT = VD->getType().getCanonicalType(); 6848 if (const ArrayType *AT = QT->getAsArrayTypeUnsafe()) { 6849 // Global ArrayTypes are given a size of '*' if the size is unknown. 6850 // The Qualifiers should be attached to the type rather than the array. 6851 // Thus we don't call appendQualifier() here. 6852 return appendArrayType(Enc, QT, AT, CGM, TSC, "*"); 6853 } 6854 return appendType(Enc, QT, CGM, TSC); 6855 } 6856 return false; 6857 } 6858 6859 6860 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// 6861 // Driver code 6862 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// 6863 6864 const llvm::Triple &CodeGenModule::getTriple() const { 6865 return getTarget().getTriple(); 6866 } 6867 6868 bool CodeGenModule::supportsCOMDAT() const { 6869 return !getTriple().isOSBinFormatMachO(); 6870 } 6871 6872 const TargetCodeGenInfo &CodeGenModule::getTargetCodeGenInfo() { 6873 if (TheTargetCodeGenInfo) 6874 return *TheTargetCodeGenInfo; 6875 6876 const llvm::Triple &Triple = getTarget().getTriple(); 6877 switch (Triple.getArch()) { 6878 default: 6879 return *(TheTargetCodeGenInfo = new DefaultTargetCodeGenInfo(Types)); 6880 6881 case llvm::Triple::le32: 6882 return *(TheTargetCodeGenInfo = new PNaClTargetCodeGenInfo(Types)); 6883 case llvm::Triple::mips: 6884 case llvm::Triple::mipsel: 6885 return *(TheTargetCodeGenInfo = new MIPSTargetCodeGenInfo(Types, true)); 6886 6887 case llvm::Triple::mips64: 6888 case llvm::Triple::mips64el: 6889 return *(TheTargetCodeGenInfo = new MIPSTargetCodeGenInfo(Types, false)); 6890 6891 case llvm::Triple::aarch64: 6892 case llvm::Triple::aarch64_be: { 6893 AArch64ABIInfo::ABIKind Kind = AArch64ABIInfo::AAPCS; 6894 if (getTarget().getABI() == "darwinpcs") 6895 Kind = AArch64ABIInfo::DarwinPCS; 6896 6897 return *(TheTargetCodeGenInfo = new AArch64TargetCodeGenInfo(Types, Kind)); 6898 } 6899 6900 case llvm::Triple::arm: 6901 case llvm::Triple::armeb: 6902 case llvm::Triple::thumb: 6903 case llvm::Triple::thumbeb: 6904 { 6905 ARMABIInfo::ABIKind Kind = ARMABIInfo::AAPCS; 6906 if (getTarget().getABI() == "apcs-gnu") 6907 Kind = ARMABIInfo::APCS; 6908 else if (CodeGenOpts.FloatABI == "hard" || 6909 (CodeGenOpts.FloatABI != "soft" && 6910 Triple.getEnvironment() == llvm::Triple::GNUEABIHF)) 6911 Kind = ARMABIInfo::AAPCS_VFP; 6912 6913 switch (Triple.getOS()) { 6914 case llvm::Triple::NaCl: 6915 return *(TheTargetCodeGenInfo = 6916 new NaClARMTargetCodeGenInfo(Types, Kind)); 6917 default: 6918 return *(TheTargetCodeGenInfo = 6919 new ARMTargetCodeGenInfo(Types, Kind)); 6920 } 6921 } 6922 6923 case llvm::Triple::ppc: 6924 return *(TheTargetCodeGenInfo = new PPC32TargetCodeGenInfo(Types)); 6925 case llvm::Triple::ppc64: 6926 if (Triple.isOSBinFormatELF()) { 6927 PPC64_SVR4_ABIInfo::ABIKind Kind = PPC64_SVR4_ABIInfo::ELFv1; 6928 if (getTarget().getABI() == "elfv2") 6929 Kind = PPC64_SVR4_ABIInfo::ELFv2; 6930 6931 return *(TheTargetCodeGenInfo = 6932 new PPC64_SVR4_TargetCodeGenInfo(Types, Kind)); 6933 } else 6934 return *(TheTargetCodeGenInfo = new PPC64TargetCodeGenInfo(Types)); 6935 case llvm::Triple::ppc64le: { 6936 assert(Triple.isOSBinFormatELF() && "PPC64 LE non-ELF not supported!"); 6937 PPC64_SVR4_ABIInfo::ABIKind Kind = PPC64_SVR4_ABIInfo::ELFv2; 6938 if (getTarget().getABI() == "elfv1") 6939 Kind = PPC64_SVR4_ABIInfo::ELFv1; 6940 6941 return *(TheTargetCodeGenInfo = 6942 new PPC64_SVR4_TargetCodeGenInfo(Types, Kind)); 6943 } 6944 6945 case llvm::Triple::nvptx: 6946 case llvm::Triple::nvptx64: 6947 return *(TheTargetCodeGenInfo = new NVPTXTargetCodeGenInfo(Types)); 6948 6949 case llvm::Triple::msp430: 6950 return *(TheTargetCodeGenInfo = new MSP430TargetCodeGenInfo(Types)); 6951 6952 case llvm::Triple::systemz: 6953 return *(TheTargetCodeGenInfo = new SystemZTargetCodeGenInfo(Types)); 6954 6955 case llvm::Triple::tce: 6956 return *(TheTargetCodeGenInfo = new TCETargetCodeGenInfo(Types)); 6957 6958 case llvm::Triple::x86: { 6959 bool IsDarwinVectorABI = Triple.isOSDarwin(); 6960 bool IsSmallStructInRegABI = 6961 X86_32TargetCodeGenInfo::isStructReturnInRegABI(Triple, CodeGenOpts); 6962 bool IsWin32FloatStructABI = Triple.isWindowsMSVCEnvironment(); 6963 6964 if (Triple.getOS() == llvm::Triple::Win32) { 6965 return *(TheTargetCodeGenInfo = 6966 new WinX86_32TargetCodeGenInfo(Types, 6967 IsDarwinVectorABI, IsSmallStructInRegABI, 6968 IsWin32FloatStructABI, 6969 CodeGenOpts.NumRegisterParameters)); 6970 } else { 6971 return *(TheTargetCodeGenInfo = 6972 new X86_32TargetCodeGenInfo(Types, 6973 IsDarwinVectorABI, IsSmallStructInRegABI, 6974 IsWin32FloatStructABI, 6975 CodeGenOpts.NumRegisterParameters)); 6976 } 6977 } 6978 6979 case llvm::Triple::x86_64: { 6980 bool HasAVX = getTarget().getABI() == "avx"; 6981 6982 switch (Triple.getOS()) { 6983 case llvm::Triple::Win32: 6984 return *(TheTargetCodeGenInfo = new WinX86_64TargetCodeGenInfo(Types)); 6985 case llvm::Triple::NaCl: 6986 return *(TheTargetCodeGenInfo = new NaClX86_64TargetCodeGenInfo(Types, 6987 HasAVX)); 6988 default: 6989 return *(TheTargetCodeGenInfo = new X86_64TargetCodeGenInfo(Types, 6990 HasAVX)); 6991 } 6992 } 6993 case llvm::Triple::hexagon: 6994 return *(TheTargetCodeGenInfo = new HexagonTargetCodeGenInfo(Types)); 6995 case llvm::Triple::sparcv9: 6996 return *(TheTargetCodeGenInfo = new SparcV9TargetCodeGenInfo(Types)); 6997 case llvm::Triple::xcore: 6998 return *(TheTargetCodeGenInfo = new XCoreTargetCodeGenInfo(Types)); 6999 } 7000 } 7001